Home

2006 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

1. LPD0196 Manual folding outside mirrors if so equipped Push the mirrors backward to fold them 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments Power folding outside mirrors if so equipped A CAUTION Do not manually fold the power folding mirrors Manually folding the mirrors can damage the mirrors Press the switch to open or close the mirrors Reverse tilt down feature if so equipped The reverse tilt down feature will turn the se lected outside mirror surface downward to pro vide better rear visibility close to the vehicle When the ignition switch is in the ON position turn the outside mirror control switch to the left or right position Only one mirror can be selected at a time Move the shift selector lever to R Reverse The selected mirror will turn downward The selected mirror surface will return to its origi nal position when any of the following have oc curred The shift selector lever is moved to any po sition other than R Reverse The outside mirror control switch is set to the neutral position The ignition switch is turned OFF NOTE If the outside mirror control switch is in the neutral position neither mirror will turn downward when the shift selector lever is moved to R Reverse For more information regarding this feature and how to save the R Reverse mirror tilt down adjustment in the automatic drive positioner memory refer to Automatic driv
2. WRSO159 WRSO160 Front Facing step 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing Front Facing step 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode It reverts to emer gency locking mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 6 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 8 Turn the ignition to the ON position The passenger air bag status light should say OFF 3 If this light is not illuminated it may indicate a malfunction Move the child LRSO457 WRS0380 restraint to another seating position Front Facing step 4 Front Facing step 5 Have the system checked by a NISSAN Allow the seat belt to retract slightly Pull up Before placing the child in the child restraint dealer on the
3. 8 13 Windows Locking passengers windows 2 38 Power rear windows 2 38 Power windows 0005 2 37 Rear power windows 2 38 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 19 Wiper Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 19 Wiperbladess s a noai a kk we ee 8 20 MEMO MEMO MEMO MEMO MEMO MEMO GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 For improved performance NISSAN recom mends the use of unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number Research octane number 96 A CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst For additional information see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL API Certification Mark API grade SL Energy Conserving ILSAC grade GF III 5W 30 Viscosity preferred See Engine oil and oil filter recommendation in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual TIRE COLD PRESSURE See tire placard RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 2
4. 2 12 Passenger air bag and status light 1 44 Personal lights i o ss 2 a ee 2 43 Trunki os ana a a oat a Hw ah te we a 2 44 Warning indicator lights and audible FOMINGSNS ei ak ee ar eee gd ew ee 2 10 Lock Child safety rear door lock 3 5 DOOR IOCKS ses geane eo ing aie aya oS 3 3 Fuel filler door lock opener lever 3 11 Glove boxl ck s s s ag 4 ae kas 2 33 Power door locks sieci ena deden 3 4 Trunk lid lock opener lever naaa 3 9 Low fuel warning light aaaea aaa 2 12 Low washer fluid warning light 2 12 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 12 M Maint maintenance button Control panel buttons 4 5 4 9 Maint Maintenance button control panel display s 2 4 Gna a bakes Rae eek 4 5 4 9 Maintenance General maintenance 8 2 Inside the vehicle o oaoa 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 17 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Malfunction indicator light 2 13 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Map pocket i 2 lt e ae eater aed eae 2 31 Meters and gauges 00 2 3 Instrument brightness control 2 24 Mirror Outside mirror control 3 17 Outside mirrors 2 2 ee ee 3 17 Vanity mirror e ee 3 15 Multi remote control system See remote keyless entry system 3 5 10 4 N NISSAN vehicle immo
5. LT10071 LTI0072 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown 9 10 Technical and consumer information F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached as shown i i ee UES LT10073 LT10120 WT1I0153 Type A TIRE PLACARD The cold tire pressure is shown on the tire plac ard The tire placard is located as shown AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is affixed as shown Technical and consumer information 9 11 INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE Flat blade screwdriver Bumper Grommet ie LTI0075 9 12 Technical and consumer information Use the following steps to mount the front license plate Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the plastic bag License plate bracket
6. 0 cece eee eee eee 2 39 Automatic SUMFOOP 5 mised ih iega doe Waste wont 2 39 Rear sun shade if so equipped ee 2 41 MESON lighters eenen ia 2 42 Personallights i ccs 20ckieieae atone eetenad 2 43 FONte co ceive eerees eee canted ed onde eek 2 43 Real cicner cst cetcid seach ead tees 2 44 AMUNK NIGH ece ieee tanned nate eee eae 2 44 HomeLink universal transceiver 000 08 2 44 Programming HomeLink 0 0 00s eee 2 45 Programming HomeLink for Canadian CUSLOMEIS is sade wcarne aes iene eed eae 2 46 Operating the HomeLink universal TANSCSIVG Fcc sns eaat ternera E E pune minis 2 46 Programming trouble diagnosis 2 47 Clearing the programmed information 2 47 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button 2 47 If your vehicle is stolen 0 c eee eee 2 47 INSTRUMENT PANEL 1 Headlight fog light turn signal switch P 2 20 2 Meters and gauges P 2 3 3 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 19 4 Center and side ventilators P 4 16 5 Security indicator light P 2 15 6 Display screen Navigation system P 4 2 P 4 7 7 Passenger air bag status light P 1 44 8 Audio system controls P 4 20 9 1 Climate controls P 4 17 0 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 35 11 Glove box P 2 33 12 Power outlet P 2 29 13 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 25 14 Cruise control main set s
7. LEAS v7 THAR 13 WIC0355 2 8 Instruments and controls ZONE VARIATION CHANGE PROCEDURE The difference between magnetic north and geo graphical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens 1 Press and hold the button for about 5 seconds The current zone number will ap pear in the display Release the button 2 Find your current location on the zone map Refer to the illustration 3 Press the A button repeatedly to toggle through the zone numbers until the desired number appears in the display Once you have selected a zone number the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds Inaccurate compass direction The compass display is equipped with automatic correction function If the correct direction is not shown follow this procedure 1 With the display turned on press and hold the switch for about 9 seconds The display will read C Calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at a maximum speed of 5 mph 8 km h After completing the circles the display should return to normal If the compass deviates from the correct indication soon after repeated adjustment have the compass checked at an authorized dealer The compass may not indicate the correct
8. Outside Temperature Range Anticipated Before Next Oil Change GASOLINE ENGINE OIL PREFERRED AT11028 RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY NUMBER e SAE 5W 30 viscosity oil is preferred for all temperatures SAE 10W 30 or SAE 10W 40 viscosity oils may be used if the ambient temperature is above 0 F 18 C AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and the oil NISSAN A C system oil DH PS or the exact equiva lents ACAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Type Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC Cylinder arrangement 6 cylinder V block Slanted at 60 Bore x Stroke in mm 3 760 x 3 205 95 5 x 81 4 Displacement cu in cm8 213 45 3 498
9. Driving Distance RENFE miles Average Speed OK OK MPH LHA0552 Gi FUEL ECONOMY 12 31 7 gps Average Fuel Economy mph Roset c Distance to Empty aa 73 miles Pd Fuel Economy NPC La LHA0553 i MAINTENANCE 12 31 E gp L_Engine Ol _J Oris BAEC en Tire Rotation COA O ee A F Tire Pressure Da ra LHA0554 HOW TO USE THE TRIP BUTTON When the TRIP button is pushed the following modes will display on the screen Warning message if there are any TRIP 1 Elapsed Time Driving Distance Average Speed TRIP 2 FUEL ECONOMY Average Fuel Economy Distance to Empty MAINTE NANCE Engine Oil Tire Rotation and Tire Pres sure if so equipped OFF Trip 1 trip 2 and fuel economy items To reset the TRIP 1 TRIP 2 and FUEL ECONOMY select the RESET key using the joystick and push the ENTER button or push the TRIP button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds Maintenance items You can set the engine oil and the tire rotation interval To display the setting of the maintenance interval select the Engine Oil or Tire Rotation key using the joystick and push the ENTER button Display screen heater air conditioner aud
10. WHA0209 The sunload sensor located on the top passen ger side of the instrument panel helps the system maintain a constant temperature Do not put any thing on or around this sensor Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 19 SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system See Air conditioner system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual ANISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains re frigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner ser vice should be done only by an experi enced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and press the ON OFF VOLUME control knob to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the key should be turned to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio tra
11. If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as five NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration This is be cause the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with salt water This could affect system function DOORS AWARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep out intruders e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Un
12. The driver s seat will slide backward and the steering wheel will move up When the key is removed from the ignition switch and the driver s door is opened When the driver s door is opened with the key turned to LOCK When the key is turned from ACC to LOCK with the driver s door open The driver s seat and steering wheel will return to previous position When the key is inserted into the ignition switch and the driver s door is closed When the driver s door is closed with the key turned to LOCK When the key is turned from ACC to ON while the automatic transmission selector lever is in the P Park position The entry exit feature can be adjusted or can celed See Personalized settings menu ve hicles without navigation system or Vehicle electronic systems vehicles with navigation sys tem in the Display screen heater air condi tioner audio and phone systems section of this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 SYSTEM OPERATION The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h When any of the memory switches are pushed while the automatic drive positioner is operating When the adjusting switch for the driver s seat is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating When the memory switch 1 or 2 is not pushed and held for at
13. 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until they are tight In case of emergency 6 5 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated 0 Lower the vehicle completely AWARNING e Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose e Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval 6 6 Incase of emergency Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the tire placard affixed to the center console 5 Sec
14. 4 33 Stop ighi i204 Hoe Mase oe 8 28 Storage since Wer Dega e can tatad 2 31 SUM VISOMS an a geal de arte E ae 3 15 Sunglasses case 04 2 31 Sunglasses holder 2 31 SUNOG sorei Rosia inate dee E Petes 2 39 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 50 2 12 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 42 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels 1 49 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSIOM mania dha haw Bas are 1 35 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental air bag system 1 35 Switch Autolight switch 2 2 eee 2 22 Automatic power window switch 2 38 Fog light switch 00 2 24 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 25 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 20 Headlight control switch 2 21 Ignition switch 2 ee ee eee 5 4 Power door lock switch 3 4 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWHCH a ig be edd EAS aa eas 2 20 Traction control system TCS off SWIG s p iaai a agi a SO F daa 2 28 Turn signal SWito hi saoi eai eai 2 24 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWIG oie ek he Ree eR 2 28 T Tachometer sy sioa 0 0000 eae 2 5 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Theft NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 17 3 2 5 5 Three way catalyst 0 0 0 200004 5 2 Tire Flattre s ind a aa sce cea da gnad 6 2 Spare tires e See See Pa 6 3 8 44
15. Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Maintain a safe distance behind other ve hicles Use a proper gear range which suits road conditions On level roads shift into high gear as soon as possible Avoid unnecessary engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Im proper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag Use the recommended viscosity engine oil See Engine oil and oil filter recommenda tion in Technical and consumer informa tion later in this manual Starting and driving 5 15 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS WSDO0050 AWARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They
16. One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 37 Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continuing entering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six two oh oh e You can say Star for and Pound for at any time in any position of the phone num ber Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits f MORE LHA0597 CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel 4 PHONE SEND Push the 4 button to initiate a VR session or answer an incoming call You can also use the 4 button to skip through system feedback and to enter commands during a call See List of voice commands and During a call later in this section for more information 4 38 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems PHONE END Push the M22E button to cancel a VR session or end a call GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands
17. 4 2 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems NAMES OF COMPONENTS THD brightness control button P 4 6 BACK previous button P 4 3 Joystick and ENTER push button P 4 3 SETTING button P 4 5 manr maintenance button P 4 5 TRIP drive computer button P 4 3 FUEL ECON button P 4 4 TRIP RESET button P 4 3 E M English metric button P 4 4 Clock adjust button hours P 4 4 11 Clock adjust button minutes P 4 4 To turn off the screen push the I D button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds The screen will change to CONFIRM DISPLAY OFF YES or NO HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND ENTER BUTTON Choose an item on the display using the joystick Push the ENTER button only when the use of it is instructed on the display SO MNOAR HN HOW TO USE BACK BUTTON This button has two functions Go back to the previous display cancel If you press the BACK button during setup the setup will be canceled and or the display will return to the previous screen Finish setup If you press the BACK button after the setup is completed the setup will start over 5 48 OUTSIDE 1 TINE 3 G6n q0 DIST 40 1 Al 1S4 AVG 13 PH LHA0252 HOW TO USE TRIP BUTTON When the TRIP button is pushed the following modes will display on the screen TRIP 1 TIME DIST AVG TRIP 2 TIME DIST AVG OFF
18. If equipped the following lights come on briefly and then go off TCS AT ABS or A OFF SLIP CHECK VDC OFF If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light Blue Malfunction indicator light MIL Slip indicator light if so equipped Traction control system off indicator light if so equipped Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light if so equipped WARNING LIGHTS ABS Anti lock brake warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the anti lock brake system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an abnormality occurs in the system the anti lock function ceases but the regular braking system continues to operate If the light comes on while you are driving contact a NISSAN dealer for repair AT Automatic transmission check CHECK ee as warning light if so equipped When the ignition switch is turned ON the light comes on for about 2 seconds If the light comes on at any other time it may indicate the automatic transmission system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer BRAKE OF Brake warning light
19. Maximum gross vehicle weight maximum gross axle weight The gross vehicle weight of the towing vehicle must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S certification label The gross vehicle weight equals the com bined weight of the unloaded vehicle passen gers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear gross axle weight must not exceed the gross axle weight rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S certification label TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION UNIT Ib kg MAXIMUM TOWING LOAD 1 000 454 MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 100 45 TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is available from your NISSAN dealer Canada only Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the ve hicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage due to sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on the top of the ball Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than
20. fuel lubricants lt gt s so ecra eraat adaa 9 2 Car phone or CBradio 4 34 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 12 Cassette player See audio system 4 28 CD care and cleaning 4 32 CD changer See audio system 4 30 CD player See audio system 4 29 Child restraint with top tether strap 1 26 Child restraints 1 12 1 13 1 18 1 25 Precautions on child restraints 1 18 1 31 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 27 Child safety rear doorlock 3 5 Chimes audible reminders 2 15 Cigarette lighter 2 2 eee 2 30 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 Clock models with navigation system models without navigation system Clock set Control panel buttons 4 4 4 14 Clutch Clutch fluid 0 642 ha oan 8 12 C MLV S S certification label 2 0 0 9 10 Cold weather driving 5 21 Compact disc CD player 4 29 Compassdisplay sai 606 G4 4s RS eg 2 6 Console bokse a geek Sek ee es 2 34 Control panel buttons With navigation system 4 7 Without navigation system 4 2 Controls Audio controls steering wheel 4 33 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 0004 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 8 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Cornering light
21. fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode It reverts back to emergency locking mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 LRSO457 WRS0252 Front Facing step 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt Front Facing step 5 Before placing the child in the child restraint use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another rear seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 6 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child re
22. function indicator light MIL later in this section COMPASS DISPLAY if so equipped This unit measures terrestrial magnetism and in dicates the direction of the vehicle s heading With the ignition switch in the ON position press the button as described in the chart below to activate various features of the automatic anti glare review mirror Push and hold the Push button again for about 1 sec button for about ond to change settings Compass display toggles on off Feature Compass zone can be changed to 5 seconds correct false compass readings 9 seconds Compass enters calibration mode For information about the automatic anti glare feature refer to Automatic anti glare rearview mirror in the Pre driving checks and adjust ments section a y Cf lef LIC0583 Push the button for about 1 second when the ignition key is in the ON position to toggle the compass display on or off The display will indicate the direction of the vehicle s heading N North E East S South W West If the display reads C calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The com pass will be calibrated once it has tracked three complete circles Instruments and controls 2 7 TH a Nie
23. tensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct pre tensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The front seat pre tensioner seat belt system activates in conjunction with the supplemental air bag systems Working with the seat belt retrac tor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pre tensioner is encased with the seat belt s retractor These seat belts are used the same as conventional seat belts When the pre tensioner seat belt activates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After the pre tensioner seat belts have activated load limiters allow the seat belt to release web bing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest If any abnormality occurs in the pre tensioner system the supplemental air bag warning light will not come on will flash intermit tently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition key has been turned to the ON or START position In this case the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Tak
24. 5th gear manual transmission or overdrive automatic transmission Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking efficiency Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually Do not use cruise control while towing a trailer Check your hitch trailer wiring harness con nections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When stopped in traffic for long periods of time in hot weather put the vehicle in the P Park position When towing a trailer transmission oil fluid should be changed more fre quenily For additional information see the Maintenance and do it yourself section earlier in this manual FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home ACAUTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Technical and consumer information 9 19 Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmis sion vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubricat
25. C M V S S certification label 9 10 Emission control information label 9 10 Tire placard is si cetdes shes Testenn atada 9 11 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Installing front license plate cee 9 12 Vehicle loading information 00 e eee eee 9 12 MGT S terior shag oes E arndana dite whan deat 9 12 Vehicle load capacity 00 c cece eee 9 13 Loading IPS 22d case detate dake eee aw ones 9 14 TOWING trale nse cscee ese eewe eee needs 9 15 Maximum load limits 0 eee 9 15 Towing load specification c e eee 9 16 Towing safosi eena erain aiea einem aes 9 16 Flat tOWING widhces tutte ate ereen enadi 9 19 Uniform tire quality grading cc eee 9 20 Emission control system warranty 00008 9 21 Reporting safety defects US only 55 9 21 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 22 Event data recorders 0 00 cece ee eee 9 23 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 23 In the event of a collision 00 cece 9 23 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubri
26. Head restraint adjustment 0 0s eae 1 8 BOOSterS ats is sepsisi suis sae nashloonada wes wed aac dans 1 31 Active head restraint front seats 0005 1 9 Seat belts 1 10 Precautions on booster seats 00005 1 31 E a a aa ne Booster seat installation on rear seat center Precautions on seat belt usage 000 1 10 5 passenger models only or outboard Child safety 0 ccc eceee eee eee eee es 1 12 POSITIONS aeea hoadsdanatiida bneheed hte 1 33 Pregnant WOMEN eeeeeee cece eee eee 1 14 Booster seat installation on front passenger Injured PersONS 22 secesieueraeae iigsiwereece 1 14 Seabees etnei vaan ed E E S 1 34 Three point type seat belt with retractor 1 14 Supplemental restraint system 20 0005 1 35 Seat belt extenders 0c cece eee eens 1 17 Precautions on supplemental restraint Seat belt maintenance 0005 1 17 SYSLOM roskiin sae wires Bea Weed Seagate aareis 1 35 Child restraints si icasnagnecdevisanepaane wears eth 1 18 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 49 Precautions on child restraints 005 1 18 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 50 SEATS ARS1152 AWARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and rec
27. Memo recorded Another tone sounds to end the VR session If the memo pad is full the system asks if you wish to record over the oldest memo Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 43 Play The system plays back all the memos in the order of newest to oldest The system ends the VR session If there are no memos recorded the system an nounces No messages to play The system ends the VR session Delete The Delete command erases all memos The system asks you to confirm this action before deleting all memos Setup Main Menu Setup Pair Phone List Phone Select Phone Change Priority Delete Phone E Select Ringtone Bluetooth Off Use the Setup command to change options as sociated with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Pair phone Use the Pair Phone command to pair a phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System NOTE The pairing procedure must be performed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Also see Pairing procedure earlier in this section for additional information Up to 5 phones can be paired If you try to pair a sixth phone the system announces that you must first delete one phone or replace an existing phone If you try to pair a phone that has already been pai
28. The heated steering wheel system is designed to operate only when the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below approximately 68 F 20 C Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm the steering wheel after the engine starts The indicator light will come on If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 68 F 20 C the system will heat the steering wheel to approximately 86 F 30 C then turn off automatically Push the switch again to turn the heated steering off manually The indicator light will go off NOTE If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is above 68 F 20 C when the switch is turned on the system will not heat the steering wheel This is not a malfunction Instruments and controls 2 27 TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM TCS OFF SWITCH if so equipped VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH if so equipped TCS OFF LICO451 VDC OFF WIC0534 The vehicle should be driven with the Traction Con trol System TCS on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the TCS reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the TCS off To turn off the TCS push the TCS OFF switch The Ore indicator will come on Push the TCS OFF switch again or restar
29. The pedal height should not change 4 Run the engine for one minute without de pressing the brake pedal then turn it off Depress the brake pedal several times The pedal travel distance will decrease gradually with each depression as the vacuum is re leased from the booster If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer FUSES LDI0455 Two types of fuses are used Type A is used in the fuse boxes in the engine compartment Type B is used in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses can be installed in the engine com partment and passenger compartment fuse boxes LDI0457 LDI0327 If a type A fuse is used to replace a type B fuse the type A fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the performance of the fuse Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely Type B fuses cannot be installed in the under hood fuse boxes Only use type A fuses in the underhood fuse boxes ENGINE COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight
30. Tire chains 0022 se ke 8 41 Tire placard 2254 a0 a8 oh ea oo 9 11 Tire pressure 2 nanana ee ee 8 33 Tire rotation 2 6 6 eS 8 41 Types of tires s sasi pa ak arg ai 8 40 Uniform tire quality grading 9 20 Wheels andtires 005 8 33 Wheel tire size ee 9 8 Tire pressure display 0 0 4 5 Tire rotation maintenance reminder 4 5 Top tether strap child restraint 1 26 Towing Flattowing 2646664 ae ee ee es 9 19 Tow truck towing 0 6 10 Towing load specification 9 16 Trailertowing 0 0055 9 15 Traction control system TCS off switch 2 28 Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 44 Transmission Driving with automatic transmission 5 7 Driving with manual transmission 5 11 Selector lever lock release 5 10 Travel See registering your vehicle in another country 004 9 9 TRIP Dutton s dca kee dee ee eee 4 3 4 9 Trip button Control panel buttons 4 3 4 9 Tip odometer esus aoran hd Se See 2 4 Trunk access through the rearseat 1 6 Trunk lid lock opener lever onanan 3 9 Trunk lights s s ioa ie e i 2 44 Turn signal switch se seama reasda 2 24 10 6 U Uniform tire quality grading aa 9 20 v Vanity Minor a Goa eo a ana e eoe u ad 3 15 Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 8 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 28 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system
31. To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light in the instrument panel comes on Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Push the CANCEL button the SET indicator light in the instrument panel goes out Tap the brake pedal the SET indicator light goes out Turn the main switch off Both the CRUISE indicator light and SET indicator light in the instrument panel go out Starting and driving 5 13 The cruise control is automatically canceled and the SET light in the instrument panel goes out if you depress the brake or clutch pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or SET COAST switch The preset speed is deleted from memory the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed you depress the clutch pedal manual trans mission or move the shift selector lever to N Neutral automatic transmission To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains
32. antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active If a compact disc or tape is playing when the FM AM or SAT radio select button is pushed the compact disc or tape will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception 4 26 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems lt lt gt gt TUNE Tuning AWARNING The radio should not be tuned while driv ing so full attention may be given to ve hicle operation To manually tune the radio push the TUNE button 440 or PP or turn the tuning knob to right or left To move quickly through the channels hold either the A4 or PP button down for more than 1 5 seconds raa gt SEEK tuning Push the SEEK button d4 or pp for less than 1 5 seconds to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Push the d4 or pp button for more than 1 5 seconds to stop at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the lt q lt q or pp button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station Station mem
33. seat The seat back must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat 1 is chosen the vehicle seat back must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seat back is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended pro cedures 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated AWARNING Improper use of a booster seat can in crease the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle e Follow all of the booster seat manufac turer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a booster seat be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle lt may not be possible to properly install some types of booster seats in your vehicle e If the booster seat and seat belt is not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases e Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the booster seat but as upright
34. switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood 3 Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab and lifting the cover up 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 WDI0452 LDIO328 5 If the fuse is open replace it withanew PASSENGER COMPARTMENT fuse 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical ACAUTION system checked and repaired by a NISSAN Never use a fuse of a higher or lower dealer amperage rating than specified on the Fusible links fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If the electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace with only genuine NISSAN parts 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 2 Pull the fuse box cover to remove 3 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI10452 LDI0456 Type A 4 Ifthe fuse is open replace it with a known good fuse 5 Push the fuse box cover to install 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Type B Maintenance and d
35. vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move by hand Raise the vehicle LCE0020 WCE0056 Always refer to the proper illustrations for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground 2 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on firm and level ground 3 To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Re move the wheel nuts and then remove the tire Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual
36. 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Sway control device Sway control devices are used to help control the effects of sudden maneuvers wind gusts and buffeting caused by other vehicles Make sure the sway control device is compatible with the trail er s brake system Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 909 kg You may add Class trailer hitch equipment to the vehicle that has a 2 000 Ib 909 kg maximum weight rating but your vehicle is only capable of towing the maximum trailer weights shown in the Towing Load Specification Chart earlier in this section A CAUTION e Do not use axle mounted hitches e The hitch should not be attached to or affect the operation of the impact absorbing bumper e Do not modify the vehicle exhaust sys tem brake system etc to install a trailer hitch e To reduce the possibility of additional damage if your vehicle is struck from the rear where practical remove the hitch and or receiver when not in use e After the hitch is removed seal the bolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes water or dust from entering the passenger compartment Regularly check that all trailer hitch mount
37. 11 GUIDE VOICE button For Navigation system control buttons refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND ENTER BUTTON Choose an item on the display using the joystick and push the ENTER button for operation HOW TO USE BACK BUTTON This button has two functions Go back to the previous display cancel If you press the BACK button during setup the setup will be canceled and or the display will return to the previous screen Finish setup If you press this button after the setup is com pleted the setup will start over and the display will return to the climate control or audio mode and Navigation screen SETTING UP THE START UP SCREEN When you turn the ignition key to ACC or ON the SYSTEM START UP warning is displayed on the screen Read the warning and select the I AGREE English or ENTER Frangais key then push the ENTER button If you do not push the ENTER button the Navigation system will not proceed to the next step display 4 8 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems If you do not touch the button or screen key for more than 1 minute on the TRIP SETTING or START UP screen the screen will change to TRIP screen automatically To proceed to the next step refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual 1 TRIP 1 8 33 kkk kk K Elapsed Time
38. 2 2 00000005 2 25 Corrosion protection 005 7 5 Cruis controls 2c a3 pea g Bae Gon a 5 13 Cup holders i o esop cae soii ee te 2 32 D Daytime running light system Canada only oa aaa 2 23 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIIGRi n aos a a a tae a a i anA 2 20 Dimensions and weights aaa aa 9 8 Display controls see control panel buttons 4 2 4 7 10 2 Doorlo kS s mera aa ee ate E 3 3 Door open warning light aaa aaa 2 11 Drive bels sa eies soe a a a a a a 8 15 Drive positioner Automatic 3 19 Driving Cold weather driving 5 21 Driving with automatic transmission 5 7 Driving with manual transmission 5 11 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 E Economy fuel s s seta eae dee ee 5 15 Emission control information label 9 10 Emission control system warranty 9 21 Engine Before starting the engine 5 6 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 ee ee ee 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Changing engineoil 8 9 Changing engine oilfilter 8 10 Checking engine coolant level 8 7 Checking engine oil level 8 8 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Engine cooling system 8 7 Engine Oil ese die oe ee Ged Ged 8 8 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil pressu
39. Depart ment at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Wattage W Bulb No Headlight assembly High low Halogen High low Xenon Day time running lamp Park Turn Cornering Front fog light Front personal map lights Console box illumination Glove box light if so equipped Vanity mirror light Step light Rear personal lamps Rear console box light High mounted stop light Trunk light Rear combination light Tail Stop Turn Backup reversing Sidemarker License plate light 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself 55 special 27 8 27 55 3 4 3 8 3 4 2 1 3 8 9012 D2S 1156 1157NA 3156K H3 Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information Map light Rear personal lights Step light Cornering light Rear combination light License plate light Trunk light High mount stoplight Headlamp assembly 0 Fog light OMNOIRWNHH LDI0391 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 WDI0263 T 5 i ES i oO a a i iT amp LDI0339 LDI0338 Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens lamp and or cover Indicates bulb removal Indicates bulb instal
40. Firing order 1 2 3 4 5 6 Idle speed M T E E See the Emission Control Information label on the under AJT in N position side of the hood Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle Standard PLFR5A 11 Spark plug Hot PLFR4A 11 Cold PLFR6A 11 Spark plug gap Nominal in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Technical and consumer information 9 7 WHEELS AND TIRES DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Wheels Overall length in mm 193 5 4 915 17x 7JJ Overall width in mm 71 7 1 821 18x 7 5JJ Overall height in mm 58 3 1 480 Tires Front tread P225 55R17 95V 17 inch tire in mm 61 4 1 560 P245 45R18 96V 18 inch tire in mm 61 0 1 549 Spare tire Rear tread Temporary T145 80 17 17 inch tire in mm 61 6 1 565 Full size 17 or 18 18 inch tire in mm 61 2 1 554 Speed rating 17 H Wheelbase in mm 111 2 2 824 18 V Gross vehicle weight Ib kg See the EMVSS R or D depending on tire manufacturer raung certification label on the Gross axle weight rating center pillar between the Front Ib kg driver s side front and Rear Ib kg rear doors 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country yo
41. Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For ad ditional command options refer to List of voice commands later in this section Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold the 4 than 5 seconds 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND 4 button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adaptation mode or press the PHONE END 28 button to select a dif ferent language 3 Press the SRE button button for more For information on speaker adaptation see Speaker adaptation SA mode later in this section 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the lan guage to Spanish in Spanish or French in French Use the following chart to select the language NOTE Note You must press the 4 button or the S button within 5 seconds to change the language Press fu Press MQDE Current PHONE SEND PHONEVEND language to select to select 5 If you decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the VR session will end and the language will not be changed Pairing procedure NOTE The pairing procedure must be performed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Mai
42. If you say no the system plays the next ringtone available and continues to cycle through the ringtones until you select one or quit e Silent The system asks you to confirm your wish to disable the ringtone Bluetooth off Use the Bluetooth Off command to turn off the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System When the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem is off you will not be able to make or receive calls using NISSAN Voice Recognition Also you will not have access to the Phone Book You can still use the Memo Pad and access Setup SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve rec ognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different speaker adaptation model for memory A and memory B If memory A is available the system will use memory A to store the model If memory A is in use and memory B is available the system will use memory B to store the model If both of the memory locations are in use the system will ask the user to select which memory location should be overwritten Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 45 Training procedure The procedure for training a voice is as follows 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location Sit in the driv
43. OFF position or if the key is removed from the switch The shift selector lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position between the LOCK and ACC positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the key cylinder When the ignition is in the OFF position the steering wheel is not locked In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left If the key will not turn from the LOCK posi tion turn the steering wheel to the left or right while turning the key to unlock the key cylinder AWARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury WSD0058 MANUAL TRANSMISSION The ignition switch includes a device that helps prevent accidental removal of the key while driv ing The key can only be removed when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position On manual transmission models to turn the igni tion key to LOCK position from ACC or ON position turn the key to OFF push the key in
44. Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control AWARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drum rotors are replaced in order to assure the best brake performance Starting and driving 5 17 This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer ANTI LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM ABS The anti lock brake system controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock when braking abruptly or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the b
45. P Park or N Neutral P Park is recommended The shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the OFF position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift selector lever is in any of the driving positions Manual transmission Move the shift lever to N Neutral Depress the clutch pedal to the floor while cranking the engine The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully de pressed Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turning the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure If the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts Ifthe engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turn ing the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the
46. Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in or
47. Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Ifthe child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated AWARNING Improper use of a child restraint can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle Follow all of the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a child re straint be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of child restraints in your vehicle If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being in jured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible e After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side Try to tug it forward and chec
48. UNLOCK button on the keyfob is pressed NOTE If you change the horn beep or the lamp flash feature with the keyfob the mode will not be changed with the display Use the keyfob to return to the previous mode and re enable the display control Auto relock time This option allows you to set the length of time before the doors lock with the auto re lock func tion Auto headlamp sensitivity This option allows you to set the sensitivity of the autolights 4 6 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Auto headlamp off delay This option allows you to select the length of time before the autolights turn off Speed sensing wiper interval This option allows you to turn on or turn off the driving speed dependent intermittent wiper func tion Confirm reset settings This option allows you to reset all options to their default settings 12 BUTTON To change the display brightness push the 2 button Pushing the button again will change the display to DAY or NIGHT display Then adjust the brightness moving the joystick right or left If no operation is done within 10 seconds or if the BACK button is pushed the display will return to the previous display AWARNING e Positioning of the heating or air condi tioning controls and display controls should not be done while driving in or der that full attention may be given to the driving operation e Do not disassemble or mod
49. VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPER ATE THE EQUIPMENT 2 18 Instruments and controls PA uae WICO754 Security indicator light NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System The security indicator light is located on the instrument panel near the windshield The security indicator light blinks every 3 sec onds whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indi cates the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition key is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all keys that you have when visiting your NISSAN dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH WIC0854 SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Intermittent intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward Slower or Faster Also the intermit tent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the intermittent operation speed will be faster NOTE You can turn on or turn off the driving speed dependent intermitt
50. a turn and wait for any hissing sound to stop to prevent fuel from spraying out and possibly causing personal injury Then remove the cap Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the malfunction indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle e Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid ACAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage e Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap SERVICE properly may cause t
51. ac tive when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle The system states the priority level of the active phone and asks for a new priority level 1 2 3 4 5 If the new priority level is already being used for another phone the two phones will swap priority levels For example if the current priority levels are Priority Level 1 Phone A Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone C and you change the priority level of Phone C to Level 1 then Priority Level 1 Phone C Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone A Delete phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a specific phone or all phones from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System The system announces the names of the phones already paired with the system and their priority level The system then gives you the option to delete a specific phone all phones or listen to the list again Once you chose to delete a phone or all phones the system asks you to confirm this action NOTE When you delete a phone the associated phone book for that phone will also be deleted Select ringtone Use the Select Ringtone command to select the tone heard in the vehicle when an incoming call is received The system announces the name of the active phone and asks you to choose from the following commands Ringtone The system plays a ringtone and asks if you would like to select that tone
52. air bag system has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor the diagnosis sensor unit seat belt buckle sensors occupant classification sensor pressure sensor and passenger seat belt tension sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger it additionally monitors the weight of an occupant or object on the seat and seat belt tension Based on informa tion from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the weight de tected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illumi nated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a sup
53. back and forth between R reverse and D drive automatic transmission models or ist low and R reverse manual transmission models Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D automatic transmission models or 1st and R manual transmission models Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h If the vehicle can not be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle In case of emergency 6 13 MEMO 6 14 Incase of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning iGxtenior asu sprengd amicus eSa 7 2 Cleaning Interior sii arees anit ieee euE ts 7 4 Washing se tireror enoten nat na ENE heme yao 7 2 ROOF MAtS cenno eed prulnspi e ene a 7 4 WAXING eeii ee teat bien iakat eandidt Cir ERE NERA 7 2 Seat belts coterie oen araea r ana E oT 7 5 Removing SpotS 6 cee eee teeter eens 7 2 Corrosion protection ccc cece eee 7 5 Underbody cee eeeee ence eee ee eens 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle Gl S Siini Bitte a phe ddd dd atic anek 7 3 GOH OSO Mess cee dat eas kag cp denn pened EERE 7 5 Aluminum alloy wheels 0 0c cence ee 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Chrome paltSwccvcicnigateiveeeieeaeameneraae 7 3 CONMOSION c s0ctcteegea te eidienie yerets tenha 7 5 Tire GrOSSINGSiice20 02 ede taaee dane etekd ened as 7 3 To protect your vehicle f
54. bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Maintenance and do it yourself 8 43 Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire if so equipped Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used Otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident AWARNING e The spare tire should be used for emer gency use only It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first oppor tunity to avoid possible tire or differen tial damage e Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving e Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar e With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h 8 44 Maintenance and do it yourself When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheels and the original tire used on the front wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the front original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do no
55. bracket etc not to the battery Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en gine of the vehicle being jump started A CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away turn the key off and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 7 After starting the engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable 6 8 Incase of emergency 8 Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid PUSH STARTING A CAUTION e Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started At tempting to do so may cause transmis sion damage e Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing The three way catalyst may be damaged e Never try to start the vehicle by towing it When the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc
56. button is pushed with the com pact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will eject and the system will turn off If the compact disc ejects and is not re moved it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it except 3 1 in 8 cm diameter compact discs CD IN indicator CD IN indicator appears on the display when the CD is loaded with the system on Compact disc CD changer operation Type B ACAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player e Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start play ing To insert the disc first push the LOAD button If the radio or tape is already operating it will automatically turn off and the compact disc will play If the system has been turned off while the com pact disc was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the compact disc LOAD button To insert a CD in the CD changer push the LOAD button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading slot by pushing the CD insert select button 1 6 then insert the CD 4 30 Display screen heater air conditioner a
57. by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the supplemental front air bags supple mental side air bags curtain side impact air bags pre tensioner seat belts and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the maintenance The ignition key should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle AWARNING e Once a supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag or curtain side impact air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally if any of the supplemental front air bags inflate the activated pre tensioner seat belts must also be replaced The air bag mod ule and pre tensioner seat belt system should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system cannot be repaired e The supplemental front air bag side air bag and curtain side impact air bag sys tems and the pre tensioner seat belt system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of the supple mental air bag pre tensioner seat belt system or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct supplemental air bag and pre tensioner seat belt sys tem disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury Safety Seats
58. curtain side impact air bag mod 6 Crash zone sensor ules 7 Occupant classification system control 2 SRS curtain side impact air bags unit 3 Supplemental side air bag modules 8 Seat belt buckle switches for driver s 4 Diagnosis sensor unit and passenger s side 5 Supplemental front air bag modules 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 9 Occupant classification sensor pres sure sensor 10 Seat belt pre tensioner retractor 11 Side satellite sensor NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN ad vanced air bag system for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The supplemen tal front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental front air bag system operation The NISSAN advanced
59. deck employs a permalloy head which allows for improved reproduction of high fre quency ranges Noise is also greatly reduced by the combined use of the Dolby NR Noise Re duction system ON OFF Volume control Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON and then push the ON OFF Volume control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio tape or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the ON OFF Volume control knob Turn the ON OFF Volume control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle has speed sensitive control volume SSV for audio type B only The audio volume changes as the driving speed changes AUDIO knob BASS TREBLE FADE BAL ANCE SSV if so equipped and NR Dolby Type B only Press the AUDIO knob to change the mode as follows BASS TREBLE FADE BALANCE SSV Type B only gt NR when cassette playing Type B only To adjust Bass Treble Fade and Balance press the AUDIO knob until the desired mode appears in the display Turn the Tuning knob to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the Tuning knob to adjust Fader and Balance modes Fader adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers To change the SSV mode Type B only to OFF LOW MID or HIGH turn the Tuning knob to right or left To change the NR Dolby mo
60. don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter pre scription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco hol drugs or some other physical condition Starting and driving 5 3 IGNITION SWITCH OFF WSD0041 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION The ignition lock is designed so the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and removed until the shift selector lever is moved to the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition make sure the shift selector lever is in the P Park position If the selector lever is not returned to P Park position the key cannot be moved to the LOCK position 5 4 Starting and driving To remove the key from the ignition switch 1 Shift the selector lever to the P Park posi tion with the key in the ON position 2 Turn the key to the LOCK position 3 Remove the key from the ignition If the selector lever is shifted to the P Park position after the key is turned to the OFF posi tion or when the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the shift selector lever into the P Park position 2 Turn the ignition key slightly toward the ON position 3 Turn the key to the LOCK position 4 Remove the key The shift selector lever is designed so it cannot moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to
61. e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged In case of emergency 6 11 CAUTION e Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the main structural members of the vehicle or the towing hooks if so equipped Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow the vehicle using the vehicle tie downs or recovery hooks e Always pull the cable straight out from the front or rear of the vehicle Never pull the vehicle at an angle e Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the sus pension steering brake or cooling systems Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control System if so equipped 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 6 12 Incase of emergency 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R reverse and D drive automatic transmission models or 1st low and R reverse manual transmission mo
62. early brake pad shoe wear Re fer to Wheels and tires in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions e Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning e The use of retread tires is not recommended e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire
63. equipped P 2 41 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 1 2 34 5 z z s ees TENE NRE ca SGD Se ah 26 sge Ne b UES A REE 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 WDI0490 0 8 Illustrated table of contents 1 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 11 2 Engine oil filler cap P 8 8 3 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 12 4 Clutch fluid reservoir M T model P 8 12 5 Air cleaner P 8 16 6 Battery P 8 13 7 Fuse fusible link box P 8 22 8 Transmission dipstick A T models P 8 11 9 Engine oil dipstick P 8 8 10 Radiator cap P 8 7 11 Drive belt location P 8 15 12 Fuse block P 8 22 13 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 13 14 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 7 NOTE Engine cover removed for clarity See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS Anti lock brake warning light Automatic transmission check warning light if so equipped Engine oil pres sure warning light Low windshield washer fluid warning light Seat belt warn ing light and Supplemental air bag warning light In
64. forward is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will play while rewinding or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed raa gt SEEK TRACK When the lt q button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while a compact disc is playing the track being played returns to its beginning Push several times to skip back through tracks The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pushed When the p button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while a compact disc is playing the next track will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through tracks The compact disc will advance the number of times the button is pushed When the last track on the compact disc is skipped through the first track will be played Whenthe lt q lt q or pp button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds each track will play for about 10 seconds To stop playing push the gt p button Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 29 REPEAT RPT When the PROG RPT button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows ALL DISC RPT 1 TRACK RPT 1 DISC RDM ALL DISC RPT ALL DISC RPT the entire disk will be repeated 1 TRACK RPT the current track will be repeated 1 DISC RDM all tracks will be played randomly CD EJECT When the
65. front seats and 2 in the rear seats Never use the rear console as a seating position or for a child restraint e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi tion If they are not completely secured Passengers may be injured in an acci dent or sudden stop Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys LRSO247 LICO431 LICO401 To fold down the driver side of the rear seat reach through the opening and pull on the strap located behind the seat The rear seats can be locked using the master key to prevent unauthorized access The valet key cannot be used to lock or unlock the release button For models with rear center console the trunk Center armrest can be accessed through the access panel be a i tween the rear seats Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal The panel can be locked using the
66. in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible 7 6 Appearance and care A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 0 c ese eee eee 8 2 General maintenance 0 0 0 eee eee eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Main
67. information Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Front center console Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When notin use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the outlet Instruments and controls 2 29 CIGARETTE LIGHTER N aamp Om LICO397 LICO756 Rear center console if so equipped 2 30 Instruments and controls This power outlet can be used with an acces sory cigarette lighter element Contact your NISSAN dealer for information This power outlet can also be used for powering electrical accessories such as cellular tele phones ACAUTION e The cigarette lighter should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter Do not use with accessories that ex ceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use d
68. it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 You may also write to NHTSA U S Department of Transportation Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor ve hicle safety from the Hotline You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 Technical and consumer information 9 21 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Turn the ignition switch ON without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not
69. job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economic way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headligh
70. light Pushthe M button onthe keyfob once to turn on the interior lights For additional information refer to Interior light j in the Instruments and controls section earlier in P this manual Using the panic alarm 5 LPD0211 If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pushing and holding the 30 button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 second The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds The panic alarm stops when it has run for 25 seconds or any button is pushed on the keyfob 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments HOOD TRUNK LID it LPD0184 LPD0185 Pull the hood lock release handle located AWARNING Driver s side below the driver side instrument panel The OPENER OPERATION hood will spring up slightly e Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Fail A WARNING Push the lever at the front of the hood to the ure to do so could cause the hood to fly side as illustrated with your fingertips and open and result in an accident e Do not drive with the trunk lid open This raise the hood could allow dangerous exhaust gases If you see steam or smoke coming from to be drawn into the vehicle See Ex When closing the hood lower it slowly and make the engine compartment to avoid injury haust gas in th
71. light later in this section AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely se cured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 WRS0139 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically re tracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any questions about seat belt opera tion see a NISSAN dealer 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Om LRS0242 Shoulder belt height adjustment Front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for you See Precau tions on seat belt usage earlier in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button Q and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position so the belt passes over the cent
72. lock release complete the fol lowing procedure 5 10 Starting and driving 1 Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock release cover as shown 4 Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lock release slot and push down 5 Move the shift selector lever to the N Neu tral position while holding down the shift lock release 6 Turn the key to the ON position to unlock the steering wheel Now the vehicle may be moved to the desired location If the shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the auto matic transmission system as soon as possible AWARNING If the selector lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunction ing stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Accelerator downshift in D position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs please note that the 4 speed automatic transmission will be locked in third gear For the 5 speed automatic transmission the transmission will be locked in any of the gears according to the condition If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as
73. master key to prevent unauthorized access The valet key can not be used to lock or unlock the access panel For more information on keys refer to Keys in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 a LRS0241 3 LRSO240 WRSO134 Type A Front HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT To raise the head restraint pull it up To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down To adjust the head restraint forward or backward Type A only push it in the direction required Type B Rear AWARNING Head restraints should be adjusted prop erly as they may provide significant pro tection against injury in an accident Do not remove them Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Adjust the head restraint so the center is leve with the center of your ears SPA1025 ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINT front seats AWARNING e Always adjust the head restraints prop erly as specified in the previous section Failure to do so can reduce the effec tiveness of the active head restraint e Active head restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems Al ways wear seat belts No system can prevent all injuries in any accident e Do not attach anything to the head re straint stalks D
74. may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park for automatic transmission models or in an appropriate gear for manual transmis sion models Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident 5 16 Starting and driving i Make sure the shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Firmly apply the parking brake Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the R Reverse posi tion When parking on an uphill grade place the shift lever in 1st gear Automatic transmission models Move the shift selector lever to the P Park position To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HE
75. not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage e Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the trunk lid closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compart ment If you must drive with the trunk lid open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation but ton to off and the fan control dial to high to circulate the air e If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the trunk lid or the body follow the manufacturer s recommen dation to prevent carbon monoxide en try into the vehicle e The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING e The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle ove
76. oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty WDI0493 CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise Place a large drain pan under the drain plug Remove the drain plug B with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oil If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time See Changing engine oil filter later in this section AWARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly Check your local regulations Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new washe
77. opens the doors or trunk lid when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Al ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your keys in the ignition and always lock the vehicle when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features Instruments and controls 2 15 C coany WICO754 Security indicator light Vehicle security system The security indicator light is located on the instrument panel near the windshield The security indicator light shows the status of the vehicle security system The light operates whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position The vehicle security system has four phases For each phase the operation of the security indicator light is different 2 16 Instruments and controls Security indicator light opera
78. risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts SUN VISORS O oo s amp a e SA WPD0297 To block glare from the front swing down the main sun visor To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side Slide the extension sun visor in or out as needed A CAUTION e Do not store the sun visor before return ing the extension to its original position e Do not pull the extension sun visor forc edly downward WPD0324 VANITY MIRRORS To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor down and flip open the mirror cover The vanity mirror will illuminate when the mirror cover is open Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 MIRRORS WPD0332 WPD0333 Without compass AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE REARVIEW MIRROR The inside mirror is designed so that it automati cally dims according to the intensity of the head lights of the vehicle following you The automatic anti glare feature operates only when the ignition switch is in the ON position The indicator light will illuminate when the automatic anti glare feature is operating To turn off t
79. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 2 Instruments and controls Instrument panel cresi sesso cwscui wading seo ee ences 2 2 Meters and gaugeS 0 0 cece eee eee eee aes 2 3 Speedometer and odometer 00 00eee 2 4 Tachometer iii c2rcckerteteeeetinideied ites Enisa 2 5 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Fuel Gauge sic aiid oledwca waie dee tiaiioigune sultiare eatin 2 6 Compass display if so equipped eee eee 2 6 Zone variation change procedure 00 2 8 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 10 Checking Bulbsie titi eton dude Eea nee 2 10 Warning lights 0 20 bc c dc unenndee auth cd dspace arabic 2 10 Indicator GIS senere a eteek radiata ered eua 2 13 Audible reminders 00000ceee eens 2 15 SeCurity SYStOMS s j wis hada cece datuwereewnee des 2 15 Vehicle security system 0 00 eee eee eee 2 15 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system 005 2 17 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 19 Switch operation 0c iti eee eee 2 19 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defroster SWICK cerasus ceres bumdun senaes dears eed 2 20 Headlight and turn signal switch 0 005 2 20 Xenon headlights if so equipped 2 20 Headlight control switch cc cece eee 2 21 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 23 Instrument brightness control 0
80. the 30 second pre arm time period the door is unlocked by the key or the keyfob or the ignition key is turned to ACC or ON the system will not arm If the key is turned slowly when locking the door the system may not arm Fur thermore if the key is turned beyond the vertical position toward the unlock position to remove the key the system may be disarmed when the key is re moved If the indicator light fails to glow for 30 seconds unlock the door once and lock it again Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the system will arm with all doors and trunk lid closed and locked with the ignition key in the OFF position Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently The alarm automatically turns off after ap proximately 50 seconds However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking a door with the key or by pressing the button on the keyfob The alarm is activated by opening the door or trunk lid without using the key or keyfob even if the door is un locked by releasing the door inside lock switch opening the trunk lid by operating the interior trunk lid release How to stop an activated alarm The alarm stops only by unlocking a door with the key or by pressing the button on the key fob NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILI
81. the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See the carbon monoxide warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may h
82. the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects e Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Automatic anti glare outside mirrors if so equipped The outside mirrors will automatically dim during nighttime conditions to reduce the glare from the headlights of trailing vehicles The automatic anti glare feature operates only when the ignition switch is in the ON position The automatic anti glare feature will be on when starting the vehicle The indicator light on the automatic anti glare rearview mirror will illuminate when the automatic anti glare feature is on To turn off the automatic anti glare feature press the O button on rearview mirrors without compass e the compass button on rearview mirrors with The indicator light will turn off To turn on the automatic anti glare feature again press the button on rearview mirrors without compass e the button on rearview mirrors equipped with compass The indicator light will turn on For information on the automatic anti glare rear view mirror see Automatic anti glare rearview mirror earlier in this section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 M PA0008
83. then turn the key to LOCK In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the key to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left AWARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steering wheel will lock This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury KEY POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 OFF Manual transmission model 1 The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the key It automati cally returns to the ON position NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on
84. through the vehicle Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice Phone book NOTE Phone book commands are not available when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phone Book New Entry Edit Delete List Names The Phone Book stores up to 40 names for each phone paired with the system Each name can have up to 4 locations phone numbers associ ated with it 4 42 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B New entry Use the New Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Once the system accepts the name and you confirm it is correct the system asks for a location Home Office M
85. tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped LDIO393 6 Install the valve stem cap Checking tire pressure 7 Check the pressure of all other tires 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the including the spare tire 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem side ways or air will escape If the hissing of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposi tion the gauge to eliminate this leak age 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself Cold Tire Inflation Pressure High Speed Maximum Load Cold Tire Inflation Pressure P P225 55R17 95V 230 kPa 33 PSI 240 kPa 35 PSI Front Original Tire P245 45R18 96V 220 kPa 32 PSI 260 kPa 38 PSI P225 55R17 95V 230 kPa 33 PSI 240 kPa 35 PSI Rear Original Tire P245 45R18 96V 220 kPa 32 PSI 260 kPa 38 PSI T145 80 17 420 kPa 60 PSI R or D depending on tire manufacturer N A WDI0394 TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number
86. you hear and feel the latch engage e The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat e If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have a locking mechanism for child restraint installation It is referred to as the automatic locking mode or child restraint mode When automatic locking mechanism is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted Once retracted the seat belt is in the emergency locking mode See Child re straints later in this section for more information The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by a passen ger the locking mode should not be acti vated If it is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension It can also change the operation of the front passen ger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status
87. your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Instruments and controls 2 23 LICO392 O 472 ve OO LIC0563 OFF ED OFF o o nine a ED LIC0393 INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument cluster illuminates when the igni tion switch is in ON position The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the AUTO PdG or 2 position Turn the control to adjust the brightness of instru ment panel lights when driving at night The instrument brightness control will not adjust the brightness when the headlights or parking lights are off 2 24 Instruments and controls TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal To signal a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where the indicator light begins to flash but the lever does not latch FOG LIGHT SWITCH To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the position then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights on with the headlight switch in the AUTO position the headlights must be on then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and t
88. 00 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the BREAK IN SCHEDULE information found in the Starting and driving section of this manual Follow these recommendations for the future re liability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life QUICK REFERENCE WGS0016 FON gt O 0 SOX g Ti 12 13 14 16 17 Engine coolant 8 7 Window washer fluid 8 13 Engine oil 8 8 Passenger supplemental front impact air bag 1 35 Audio system 4 20 Air conditioner 4 17 Supplemental side impact air bag 1 35 Front seats 1 2 Spare tire 6 2 Fuel filler door release 3 11 Fuel recom mendation 9 3 Keys 3 2 Supplemental side impact air bag 1 35 Seat belts 1 10 Trunk release 3 9 Supplemental curtain side impact air bag 1 35 Driver supplemental front impact air bag 1 35 Hood release 3 9 Meters and gauges 2 3
89. 05 2 24 Turn signal SWItCA s ciccdioiniens sages yeas wan 2 24 Fog light Switch 2 oie cterecteeseetetam oriit 2 24 Cornering lighter mere eiea ie ine 2 25 Hazard warning flasher switch 0 008 2 25 Homses ss ana eo punu aiceetonncees Faaievaye waipus tae EE eth 2 26 Heated seats if so equipped 0 cere eee 2 26 Heated steering wheel if so equipped 2 27 Traction control system TCS off switch if so equipped 6 eee eect eee 2 28 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch if sO equipped erreari euni decors cis teed ee 2 28 Power outlet ecc 22c3ivkveeinseereeebet ec seedis 2 29 Cigarette lighter a cickecindisdeccvas et iidewcansa 2 30 Storage oe rep orae EEE SA oak eae Sete 2 31 Map P cketS sir usisne aekinlgae wad eee am mts 2 31 seatback pockets c ietcasotns pardeoin eed eas 2 31 Sunglasses holder 00 bese eee 2 31 Cup holders voirai srei teuo nie ee ENTEN 2 32 GIOVE BOX ished Adepdd aedederedi ant ant douedch betediancan donot 2 33 Console Dox its deck An aed taco Mabie 2 34 Rear center console if so equipped 2 35 Covered storage box if so equipped 2 35 Grocery NOOKS nia edeced aserta nea dene ee dae swine 2 36 Cargo Nets suis cn warepae deeds aries ree eee 2 36 WINDOWS earan in naino lon macs tae tide 2 37 Power WINGOWS vsr ose ens eeed oases eae esd 2 37 SkyView glass paneled roof 0005 2 39 Sunroof if so equipped
90. 14 15 WHA0605 Type B SEEK APS REW APS FF TRACK 4 change button 5 TUNE REW FF button 6 DISP button if so equipped or 7 PAUSE MUTE button if so equipped 8 PROG RPT button ON OFF VOLUME control knob PRESET A B C select button Station and CD select buttons 1 6 FM AM band select button 4 24 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 9 CD play button 10 TAPE play side select button 11 SAT satellite radio select button 12 Tuning and AUDIO control knob BASS TREBLE FADE and BALANCE SSV and NR Dolby 13 CD load button 14 CD insert slot 15 CD eject button 16 Cassette tape insert slot 17 Cassette tape eject button No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT button is pressed unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Sat ellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam FM AM SAT RADIO WITH CASSETTE PLAYER AND COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER Type A CD CHANGER Type B No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT button is pressed unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Sat ellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Audio main operation The tape
91. 5 20 Vehicle electronic system 4 12 Vehicle identification 00 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number a a 0 ee ee 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle loading information 9 12 Vehicle recovery 6 11 6 12 Vehicle security system 0 2 15 Vehicle security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 2 17 3 2 5 5 VISOIS 35h g e a e a Bk enh hig Gn deg 3 15 Ww Warning Air bag warning light 1 50 2 12 Anti lock brake warning light 2 10 Battery charge warning light 2 11 Brake warning light 2 11 Door open warning light 2 11 Engine oil pressure warning light 2 11 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 25 Low fuel warning light 2 12 Low washer fluid warning light 2 12 Passenger air bag and status light 1 44 Seat belt warning light 2 12 Vehicle security system 2 15 Warning labels for SRS 1 49 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders o aana eee eee 2 10 Warming light8 ja a iia poa 255 8 4 4 a 2 10 Washer switch Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 19 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 8 Wheels andtires 000 8 33 Wheel tire size 6 ee eee 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another Count 2 6 2 a eed Bar ed Pe 9 9 Window washer fluid
92. A mode 5 Automatic operation 00 c eee 4 18 Troubleshooting guide 00 ccc scenes CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM AWARNING e Positioning of the heating or air condi tioning controls and display controls 5 Z q should not be done while driving in or der that full attention may be given to the driving operation OTSE e Do not disassemble or modify this sys o l tem If you do it may result in accidents IF fire or electrical shock e Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from se PRESET OH it stop using the system immediately eu and contact your nearest NISSAN dealer Ignoring such conditions may lead to accidents fire or electrical shock LHA0592 When you use this system make sure the engine Reference symbols Is running ENTER button This is a button on the con If you use the system with the engine not trol panel running ignition ON or ACC for a long Display key This is a select key on the time it will use up all the battery power screen By selecting this key you can proceed to and the engine will not start the next function
93. ADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position and remove the key POWER STEERING The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns and at low speeds AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be much harder to operate BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brakes and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade
94. AGE When xenon headlights are on they pro duce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disas semble Always have your xenon head lights replaced at a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Headlight and turn signal switch in the Instru ments and controls section Replacing the halogen headlight bulb The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb Be cause the headlight assembly must be removed from the vehicle for bulb replacement see your NISSAN dealer A CAUTION e Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer Do not leave the headlight assembly open without a bulb installed for a long period of time Dust moisture smoke etc entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly just before a replacement bulb is installed Only touch the plastic base when han dling the bulb Never touch the glass envelope Touching the glass could sig nificantly affect bulb life and or head light performance High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped Use the same number and wattage as originally installed Low beam Wattage 55 Bulb no 9012 High beam Wattage 55 Bulb no 9012 Always check with the Parts
95. COOLANT ANISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AWARNING e To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator e Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep coolant out of the reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE OIL Ooo LDI0329 WDI0175 CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended
96. E f the amount of fuel added while the ignition switch is OFF is small the display just before the ignition switch is turned OFF may con tinue to be displayed When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momentarily change the display 4 4 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems CLOCK The digital clock displays time when the ignition key is in ACC or ON If the power supply is disconnected the clock will not indicate the correct time Readjust the time Adjusting the time To adjust the time push the H or M button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds The time indicator will flash Touch the H button to adjust the hour Touch the M button to adjust the minute To finish the adjusting press the BACK button or the screen will return to normal after 10 sec onds HOW TO USE E M English Metric BUTTON You can change the unit as follows using the E M button Unit US mile F MPG Metric km C L 100 km 5 48 OUTSIDE ENGINE DIL a DIST 3000 15 Now 55 Mi LHA0250 HOW TO USE mant maintenance BUTTON Pushing the wamt button will change the main tenance menu as follows ENGINE OIL TIRE ROTATION To reset the driving distance push the MAINT button or TRIP RESET button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds To set the distance push the j
97. E SCOAS A MANUT Da COND CITR T XXX XX R XX REAR PXXX XXRXX REAR COMPACT SPARE TIRE GOLD TRI INI LATION PRI SSURI G L RES OY JE COW ACE DS PELS ROIS XXX kPa XX PSI LDIO392 Type A Tire and loading information label for US if so equipped Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that should be seated in the vehicle Vehicle load limit See loading infor mation in the Technical and con sumer information section Original tire size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory Recommended cold tire inflation pressure Inflate the tires to this pres sure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recom mended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best bal ance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicles GVWR Tire size refer to Tire labeling later in this section and Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT TOTAL x FRONT x REAR x TOTAL AVANT ARRIERE r THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX Ibs Ca POIDS COMBINE D OCCUPANTS ET DE CARGAISON NE DEVRAIT JAMAIS EXC DER XXX
98. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Own er s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements as sisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE MINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and complete trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influen
99. G SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace platinum tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service platinum tipped spark plugs by cleaning or re gapping e Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs If replacement is required see your NISSAN dealer for assistance AIR CLEANER LDI0336 The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter housing and the cover with a damp cloth To remove the air cleaner filter Loosen the screw Disconnect the electrical connector Unlatch the clips and remove the air cleaner cover Remove the air cleaner filter AWARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires
100. ING After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 WRS0163 FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT for driver s seat and if so equipped for passenger s seat AWARNING e Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Operating tips The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system See Automatic drive positioner if so equipped in Pre driving checks and adjustments for auto matic drive positioner operation Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the de sired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward and move your body forward The s
101. IOMON SWIC ose creed tice a ered ai a dee ade dee cevaen taint 5 4 Automatic transmission n n 0000 cece 5 4 Manual transmission 0 0 000 c cece eee 5 5 Key POSILIONS ois deaes rraiki dr onrin nettan s ea dae 5 5 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system 005 5 5 Before starting the engine cece eee 5 6 Starting the engine 0 e eee eee eee ee 5 6 Driving the vehicle ssrisirei cues eink Pees doa 5 7 Automatic transmission if so equipped 5 7 Manual transmission 0 0 00sec peirers 5 11 Parking Drak 2 cstetcchie Srtst aan ar astead oriris tune Gebtianit eaten 5 12 Cruise control if so equipped e eee ee 5 13 Precautions on cruise control 0 005 5 13 Cruise control operations 000 5 13 Breakin Schedule acc cade esidedseaeer eta ea 5 14 Increasing fuel ECONOMY 6 6 eee eee 5 15 Parking parking on hills sse sc 0 0000 sceeee ee ea eee wis 5 16 POWer StCGHING sites eit are perenni ian a deem eter 5 17 Brake SyStOMt csc od cotk wnigtenenard aae eene 5 17 Brake preCautions erp reiner diety eriei Sean ee 5 17 Anti lock brake system ABS 0 0085 5 18 Traction control system TCS if so equipped 5 19 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system if so equipped resserre sannanir pa eens 5 20 Cold weather driving 0 e eee eee eee 5 21 Freeing a frozen door lock 0c cece ee 5 21 ANUWCCZOs case
102. If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed e Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury IN CABIN MICROFILTER The in cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air borne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the glove box Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for change intervals To replace the filter perform the following proce dure A hs pui Bo LDI0323 LDI0324 1 Remove the 2 lower glove box hinge pins Remove the glove box from the opening and let it hang by the cord 2 Remove the filter cover from the intake unit by disengaging the 2 hook tabs at the bot tom of the cover Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 UM LDIO325 NOTE The filter is marked UP with an arrow The end of the filter with the arrow should face the rear of the vehicle 3 Slide the filter into the housing 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself CORRECT INSTALLATION INCORRECT INSTALLATION Pes SUPPO
103. Indicator light is not illuminated OFF 4 12 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Adjust driver seat when exiting vehicle au tomatic transmission only With this option ON the driver s seat automati cally moves back and returns to the original po sition for ease of exit and entry Lift steering column when exiting vehicle automatic transmission only With this option ON the steering column auto matically tilts up and returns to the original posi tion for ease of exit and entry Remote unlock driver s door first This option allows you to select which doors will unlock first during an unlocking operation Only the driver s door All the doors Keyless remote response horn This key allows you to change the horn chirp mode that occurs when pressing the LOCK or UNLOCK button on the keyfob NOTE If you change the horn beep or the lamp flash feature with the keyfob the display screen will not show the current mode Use the keyfob to return to the previous mode and re enable the display screen control Keyless remote response lights This key allows you to change the hazard indica tor flash mode that occurs when pressing the LOCK or UNLOCK button on the keyfob NOTE If you change the horn beep or the lamp flash feature with the keyfob the mode will not be changed with the display Use the keyfob to return to the previous mode and re enable the display contr
104. License plate bracket screws x 2 License plate screws x 2 Screw grommets x 2 i Make a shallow hole in the bumper fascia at the location marks small dimples using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill To avoid damaging the area behind the fascia apply only light pres sure to the drill 2 Insert the grommets into the holes in the bumper fascia 3 Insert a small flat bladed screwdriver into the grommet hole to turn the threaded part of the grommet 90 4 Mount the license plate bracket using the two longer screws 5 Use the two shorter hex head screws to mount the license plate to the license plate bracket VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING e It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo O
105. NISSAN dealer check and repair the sunroof REAR SUN SHADE if so equipped A CAUTION e To avoid personal injury keep your hands fingers and head away from the sun shade arm arm rail and screen inlet port Do not allow children near the rear sun shade system They could be injured e Do not place objects on or near the rear sun shade This could cause improper operation or damage it e Do not pull or push the rear sun shade This could cause improper operation or damage it LICO418 Arm rail Screen Caution label 4 Sun shade arms The rear sun shade operates when the ignition key is in the ACC or ON position wN gt The rear sun shade switches are located on the front and rear center consoles To raise the screen push the upper side of the switch To lower the screen push the lower side of the switch The switch need not be held down A CAUTION Do not place objects such as newspa pers handkerchiefs etc on the screen inlet port Doing so may entangle these objects in the screen when it is extend ing or retracting causing improper op eration or damage to the screen e Do not push the sun shade arm with your hands etc as this may deform it Improper operation or damage to the screen may result Instruments and controls 2 41 INTERIOR LIGHT e Do not hang any object on the arm rail as this may result in improper operation or damage the scre
106. OMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 191 Gardena California 90248 0191 For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls P
107. RTING TABS ON HOUSING MICRO FILTER Housing Cover LDIO157 NOTE Make sure the filter sits on top of the 2 supporting tabs on the housing 4 Replace the cover by inserting the upper tabs inside the housing slot and pushing the hook tabs until they snap on to the housing lip 5 Install the glove box door 6 Fill out the date information on the small replacement label and attach it to the glove box lid Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES WDI0194 CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield Push the release tab then move the wiper blade down the wiper ar
108. SAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may Appearance and care 7 3 react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove e Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves e Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by tire dressing manufacturer 7 4 Appearance and care CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fab ric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens ACAUTION e Never use benzine t
109. SSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze fluid or equivalent 4 Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic K ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the auto matic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 5 Available in mainland USA through your NISSAN dealer 6 For further details see Air conditioner specification label 7 For further details see Changing engine oil 8 For Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF DEXRON IIl MERCON or equivalent ATF may also be used 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index num ber Research octane number 91 For improved vehicle performance NISSAN rec ommends the use of unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI number Research octane number 96 A CAUTION Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter specifications where it is available Many of the automobile manufacturers developed t
110. T position locking the doors with the keyfob or pushing the interior light switch to the OFF position Auto relock When the ff button on the keyfob is pushed all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute unless one of the following operations is per formed Any door is opened A key is inserted into the ignition switch and the key is turned from OFF to ON Opening windows The keyfob allows you to open windows equipped with automatic operation simulta neously To open the windows press the fH but ton on the keyfob for longer than 3 sec onds after all doors are unlocked The door windows will open while pressing the button on the keyfob The door windows cannot be closed by using the keyfob Linking the keyfob to automatic drive positioner memory If the vehicle is equipped with automatic drive positioner the keyfob can be linked to a memory setting See Automatic driver positioner later in this section WPD0319 Releasing the trunk lid Push the hami button on the keyfob for longer than 0 5 second to open the trunk lid The trunk release button on the keyfob will not operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position The trunk lid will open when using the key fob even if the trunk lid release cancel switch is turned to OFF See Trunk lid later in this section for cancel switch infor mation Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 Using the interior
111. TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 P215 65R15 95H R 15 t t 4 5 WDI0395 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 5 Two digit number This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches 1 P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles 6 Two or three digit number This number is the tire s load index It is a 2 Three digit number This number gives the width in millimeters of the measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not tire from sidewall edge to sidewall find this information on all tires be edge cause it is not required by law 3 Two digit number This number 7 Tire speed rating You should not known as the aspect ratio gives the drive the vehicle faster than the tire tire s ratio of height to width speed rating 4 R The R stands for radial 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself DOT t 1 XX XX t t 2 3 DOT XX XX XXX XXXX XXX XXX XXXX t t t 4 5 6 WDI0396 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Department Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 Three digit
112. TRIP 1 and TRIP 2 record journey time TIME max 99 hours 59 minutes trip odometer DIST mile or km and average speed AVG MPH or km h To reset the TRIP 1 or TRIP 2 push the TRIP button or the TRIP RESET button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 3 5 50 AVG INPG 18 9 a DTE LMI 344 LHA0253 HOW TO USE FUEL ECON BUTTON The average fuel consumption MPG or L 100 km and the distance to empty dte mi or km will appear on the screen when the FUEL ECON button is pushed Average fuel consumption MPG or L 100 km The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pressing the TRIP RE SET or FUEL ECON button for more than approximately 1 5 seconds The display is updated every 30 seconds For approximately the first 30 seconds and 1 3 miles 500 m after a reset or connecting the battery cables the display will show Distance to empty dte mile or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly be ing calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds When the fuel level is low the dte display will change to NOT
113. This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition key is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition key is in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake fluid in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer AWARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging sys
114. WITCH To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver or front passenger side to the lock position When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver or front passenger side to the unlock position Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being acci dently locked inside the vehicle APD1010 CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the lock position the door can be opened only from the outside REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM It is possible to lock unlock all doors turn the interior light on and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle before locking the doors The keyfob can operate at a distance of approxi mately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information c
115. ZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Instruments and controls 2 17 Statement related to Section 15 of FCC Rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys tem CONT ASSY IMMOBILIZER ANT ASSY IMMOBILIZER This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the follow ing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD
116. a 4 3 4 8 Prev button Control panel buttons 4 3 4 8 Programmable features 4 8 4 5 4 11 Pushistarting 24 05 446 26 e eae a 6 8 R Radio AM FM radio with cassette player 4 28 Car phone or CBradio 4 34 Compact Disc CD changer 4 30 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 33 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M testide na Reba wae Sa ee ee Ea eS 9 22 Rear power windows 2 38 Rear seat 64205 e848 ee eae a eS 1 6 Rearsunshade 00 2 41 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIG see ob a Rabe ROR ER EE Oe 2 20 Recorders Event datas ei aoe e desea ded apa ae 9 23 Refrigerant recommendation 9 6 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 9 Remote keyless entry system 3 5 Reporting safety defects US only 9 21 S Safety Child safety rear door lock nuana 3 5 Child seat belts 1 18 1 31 Reporting safety defects US only 9 21 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 2 Front power seat adjustment 1 4 Seat belt Childisatety ss so er gitaa Weed a 1 12 Infants and small children 1 13 Injut d Person so osos caos oe na one naa 1 14 larger children s ssis ona aaia 1 13 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 10 Pregnantwomen 0 1 14 Seat belt extenders 1 17 Seat belt maintenance 1 17 Seat belis ii awe ce ale as 1 10 Shoulde
117. above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION if so equipped AWARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive 2 or 1 Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident e Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up e Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while the vehicle is moving This could cause an accident A CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose e Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control The automatic tra
118. ach of children S aS 8 WDI0224 B 1 Remove the battery caps with a screwdriver as shown Use a cloth to protect the battery case LDI0302 2 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do not overfill 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer DRIVE BELTS 3 i 2 4 WDI0226 1 Power steering fluid pump 2 Crankshaft 3 Generator 4 Air conditioner AWARNING Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position The engine could rotate unexpectedly 1 Visually inspect the belt s for signs of un usual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or is loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer Have the belts checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule found in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped o WDI0005 REPLACIN
119. acking up can be stored for each memory switch 1 and 2 1 Set the parking brake 2 Turn the ignition ON Do not start the engine 3 Push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second to operate the automatic drive positioner Turn the outside mirror control switch to L left Depress the brake pedal Move the automatic transmission shift lever to R Reverse Adjust the mirror to the desired viewing po sition for backing up by operating the out side mirror control switch Push the SET switch and within 5 seconds push the memory switch 1 or 2 selected in step 3 fully for at least 1 second The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will come on and stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch After the indicator light goes off the se lected mirror position is stored in the se lected memory 1 or 2 Turn the outside mirror control switch to R right Repeat the above procedure to ad just the right mirror position and store in the selected memory When the driver s seat accelerator and brake pedals and outside mirrors are not in the memorized position the outside mirror will move with the initial tilt down angle Confirming memory storage Turn the ignition ON and push the SET switch If the main memory has not been stored the indicator light will come on for approximately 0 5 seconds When the memory has stored the position the indica tor
120. act disc CD changer 4 24 FM AM SAT radio with cassette player and compact disc CD player 4 24 Radi eie a eek aed MA ee wd 4 20 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 33 Autolight switch e ery e ai a 2 22 Automatic Automatic drive positioner 3 19 Automatic power window switch 2 38 Driving with automatic transmission 5 7 Transmission selector lever lock feleases c cei o p a sa E harii 5 10 B Batterye coe dee choc ee deeded ba 8 13 Charge warning light 2 11 Before starting the engine 5 6 Belts See drive belts 8 15 Bluetooth hands free phone system 4 35 Boosterseatsiicc ose sk we a es 1 31 Brake Anti lock brake system ABS 5 18 Brake booster lt occ qoe ti sa nanea 8 22 Brake fluidi s sss poi tiasa aimi d 8 12 Brake light See stop light 8 28 Brake pedal 2000 8 21 Brake system 22 0 04044 00a a4 5 17 Brake warning light 2 11 Brake wear indicators 2 15 8 22 Parking brake check 8 21 Parking brake operation 5 12 Self adjusting brakes 8 22 Break in schedule 00 5 14 Brightness control Instrument panel 1 00005 2 24 Brightness Contrast button 4 6 4 16 Control panel buttons 4 6 4 16 Bulb check instrument panel 2 10 Bulb replacement 005 8 28 c Capacities and recommended
121. al is applied AWARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For more information regarding brake inspections see the appropriate mainte nance schedule information in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide BRAKE BOOSTER Check the brake booster function as follows 1 With the engine off press and release the brake pedal several times When brake pedal movement distance of travel remains the same from one pedal application to the next continue on to the next step 2 While depressing the brake pedal start the engine The pedal height should drop a little 3 With the brake pedal depressed stop the engine Keep the pedal depressed for about 30 seconds
122. all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could oc cur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury e Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak ing distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty TOWING A TRAILER AWARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and perfor mance and may lead to accidents A CAUTION Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged e For the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri marily to carry passengers and cargo Remember
123. ansmitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This procedure will not af fect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manu facturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This de vice must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation This transmitter has been tested and com plies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CV2V67690 Instruments and controls 2 47 MEMO 2 48 Instruments and
124. ar changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage may occur Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd 3rd 4th and 5th up to 6th gear in sequence according to vehicle speed To back up lift up on the reverse lever and then move it to the R Reverse position after stopping the vehicle completely If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R Reverse or 1 1st shift into N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R Reverse or 1 1st Suggested upshift speeds The following are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions the weather and individual driving habits For quick acceleration in low altitude areas less than 4 000 ft 1219 m and normal accelera tion in high altitude areas over 4 000 ft 1219 ml GEAR CHANGE MPH km h 1st to 2nd 15 24 2nd to 3rd 25 40 3rd to 4th 40 64 Ath to 5th 45 72 5th to 6th 50 80 Starting and driving 5 11 For quick acceleration in high altitude areas over 4 000 ft 1219 ml GEAR CHANGE MPH km h 1st to 2nd 15 24 2nd to 3rd 25 40 3rd to 4th 40 64 Ath to 5th 45 72 5th to 6th 50 80 Suggested maximum speed i
125. ar outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries How ever an inflating side air bag and curtain side impact air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the supplemental side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain side impact air bag inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag and curtain side impact air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START posi tions After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 1 48 AWARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the fron
126. as possible e After placing the child in the booster seat and fastening the seat belt make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the abdomen e Do not put the shoulder belt behind the child or under the child s arm If you must install a booster seat in the front seat see Booster seat installation on front passenger seat later in this section When your booster seat is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to pre vent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident A CAUTION Remember that a booster seat left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the booster seat LRS0452 LRSO451 Outboard position BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ON REAR SEAT CENTER 5 passenger models only OR OUTBOARD POSITIONS ACAUTION Do not use a lap shoulder belt automatic locking mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts When you install a booster seat in the rear seat follow these steps Center position for 5 passenger models only 1 Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 2 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is
127. ase it it need not be held Auto reverse function The auto reverse function can be activated when a window is closed by automatic operation Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc curs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the window If the control unit detects something caught in a window equipped with automatic operation as it is closing the window will be immediately low ered SKYVIEW GLASS PANELED ROOF SUNROOF if so equipped lt LIC0411 G OPEN CLOSE DOWN WICO906 Open or close the SkyView roof shade by sliding it from side to side AUTOMATIC SUNROOF The sunroof will only operate when the ignition key is in the ON position The automatic sunroof is operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition key is turned to the ACC or OFF position If the driver s door or the front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 sec onds power to the sunroof is canceled Sliding the sunroof To open the roof slide the switch to the OPEN position When the roof is tilted up it will automatically tilt down and then open Instruments and co
128. ation 2 34 Instruments and controls LICO404 LICO405 Armrest Push the button to elevate the armrest To return armrest to regular position hold the button in and push the armrest rearward until locked Console box storage Pull up on the lever to open the console box Remove the inside tray to store a large object The console box may be used for storage of cellular phones Open the access hole cover to route a cord to the power outlet LIC0426 WIC0697 LIC0406 REAR CENTER CONSOLE if so The light inside the rear center console box may COVERED STORAGE BOX if so equipped be turned on 1 and off with the switch equipped Pull up on the lever to open the console box Push the bottom center of the lid to open Instruments and controls 2 35 A RIR qon Ty d PRR SSS of SERRA AAS PRENN TA gt NN LICO748 WICO757 GROCERY HOOKS CARGO NETS The cargo nets right center and left help keep packages in the cargo area from moving around The grocery hooks are located in the trunk and A WARNING while the vehicle is in motion can be used to hang a standard size plastic grocery bag A CAUTION Do not apply a total load of more than 20 Ibs 9 kg to a single grocery hook 2 36 Instrumen
129. ation If the M or P button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station Cassette tape player operation Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON then lightly insert the cassette tape into the tape door The cassette tape will be automatically pulled into the player The radio or CD will turn off if it is on and the cassette tape will begin to play AWARNING Do not force the cassette tape into the tape door This could damage the player If the system is turned off by pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob with the cassette tape still in the player the tape will resume playing when the system is turned back on PLAY When the TAPE button is pushed with the system turned off and a tape already loaded the system will come on and the tape will play When the TAPE button is pushed with either the radio or compact disc turned on and a tape already loaded the compact disc or the radio will automatically be turned off and the tape will play When the TAPE button is pushed with a TAPE playing the tape will play the program recorded on the reverse side lt lt gt gt REW Rewind FF Fast Forward Push the 44 rewind button to rewind the tape Push the P fast forward button to fast forward the tape Either the REW or FF symbol illuminates on the display window To stop the 4 28 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems REW or FF function press the 44
130. ation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up e Positioning of the heater and or air conditioner controls should not be done while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Start the engine and operate the controls to activate the air conditioner AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a constant temperature Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically 1 Push the AUTO button on AUTO will be displayed Push the temperature control button up or down to set the desired temperature Adjust the temperature display to about 75 F 24 C for normal operation The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically You can individually set driver and front pas senger side temperature using each tem perature control button When the DUAL button or passenger side temperature but ton is pushed the DUAL indicator will come on To turn off the passenger side tempera ture control push the DUAL button Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate When you need to heat only use this mode i 2 Push the A C button A C OFF will be dis played and A C indicator will turn off Push the tempe
131. ator lights and audible reminders 0 0 0 0 eee ee ee ee 9 10 Instrument brightness control 2 24 Instrument panel 2 2 0 0 000 0 6 2 2 Interiorlight 493 2 oat wean eee HA 2 42 Interior trunk lid release 0 3 11 ISOFIX child restraints 1 25 J JUMP Stantingis 2 0 P90 ie oo aaia eek ee 6 6 K Keys 4 Gri Pete ea bed ae 3 2 Keyfob battery replacement 8 26 Keyless entry system See remote keyless entry system 3 5 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 11 C M LV S S certification label 2 9 10 Emission control information label 9 10 Engine serialnumber 9 10 F M LV S S certification label 2 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Warning labels for SRS 1 49 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYST oaa aai a dt a ek oa a 1 25 License plate Installing the license plate 9 12 Light Air bag warning light aaa 1 50 2 12 Brake light See stop light 8 28 Bulb check instrument panel 2 10 Bulb replacement 8 28 Charge warning light 2 11 Cornering light 00 2 25 Fog light switch 2 2 ee ee 2 24 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 20 Headlight control switch 2 21 Interior lights 2 24 sack ane se eon 2 2 42 Light bulbs s s ieie Sack weeds ae 8 27 Low washer fluid warning light
132. attended children could become involved in seri ous accidents LPDO181 Driver s side LOCKING WITH KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front Q of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks all doors Opening and closing windows The driver s door key operation allows you to open and close windows equipped with auto matic operation at the same time To open the windows turn the driver s door key toward the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is unlocked To close the windows turn the driver s door key to the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second after the door is locked Windows stop when the key cylinder is released Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 Te LPDO182 a cS g LPDO183 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position 1 then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments Door lock switch LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK S
133. ave accumulated See the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving For manual transmission models move the shift lever to N Neu tral For automatic transmission mod els move the selector lever to P Park e Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs e Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools awa
134. be checked by a NISSAN dealer For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual WINDOW WASHER FLUID LDI0335 WINDOW WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically Add window washer fluid when the low window washer fluid warning light comes on if so equipped To fill the window washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour the window washer fluid into the tank opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of win dow washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom me
135. behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual ACE0511 TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving front wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated ACE1001 A CAUTION e Never tow automatic transmission models with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels e When towing automatic transmission models with the front wheels on towing dollies or when towing manual trans mission models with the front wheels on the ground Turn the ignition key to the OFF po sition and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by turning the ig nition key to the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism Move the gearshift lever to the N Neutral position When towing automatic or manual transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies Always release the parking brake WCE0122 VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle Front AWARNING
136. bilizer system 2 17 3 2 5 5 0 Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 4 Odometer Hose a ip p Some athe aS 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 20 0 eaa 9 2 Changing engineoil 8 9 Changing engine oilfilter 8 10 Checking engine oil level 8 8 Engine Olll i e aaoi aie h aw a ee 8 8 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil viscosity 9 5 Outside mirror control 04 3 17 Outside Mirrors s s gk A Se a 3 17 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 9 Owner s manual order form 9 23 Owner s manual service manual order INFORMATIONS sis kee ead oe ene aa eG 9 23 P Parking Parking brake check 8 21 Parking brake operation 5 12 Parking parking on hills 5 16 Personal lights s 324 so Lacassi mimi 2 43 Power Power door loks sacs widens ie ta a 3 4 Power outlet o soera cacra tar eaaa 2 29 Power rear WINdOWS 2 38 Power steering fluid 8 11 Power steering system 5 17 Power windows 2 37 Rear power windows 2 38 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 Precautions on child restraints 1 18 1 31 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 10 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEM Seo Ss Sarai ee tite ey pews a ad 1 35 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 PREV ttorn sase srei angaa d y
137. blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a not ready con dition drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern a NISSAN dealer can conduct it for you 9 22 Technical and consumer information AWARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and prudent manner according to traffic con ditions and obey all traffic laws 1 Start the engine when the engine coolant temperature gauge needle points to C Al low the engine to idle until the gauge needle points between the C and H normal oper ating temperature 2 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accelerator pedal completely and keep it released for at least 10 seconds 3 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 60 MPH 86 96 km h for at least 9 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds 6 Repeat steps 4 through 5 at least 10 times 7 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 min utes 8 Stop the vehicle Place the transmission se lector lever in the P Park or N Neutral position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 8 at least one more time If steps 1 through 7 are interrupted repeat t
138. c is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance Qee Blocking wheels WCE0044 Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up AWARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury LCE0074 LCE0075 LCE0076 Getting the spare tire and tools Open the trunk Lift the trunk floor carpeting and spare tire cover Remove the jack and whee nut wrench from the tool box Remove the spare tire Type A In case of emergency 6 3 Jack up point and Le O Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire A WARNING e Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change 6 4 Incase of emergency Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the
139. cants US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 20 gal 16 5 8 gal 75 6 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI RON 91 1 Engine oil 7 Drain and Refill With oil filter change 4 1 2 qt 3 3 4 qt 4 2 API Certification Mark 2 3 7 Be API grade SL Energy Conserving 2 3 Without oil filter change 4 1 4 qt 3 1 2 qt 4 0 ILSAC grade GF lII 2 3 Cooling system With reservoir 2 1 4 gal 1 7 8 gal 8 5 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent 50 Demineralized or distilled water Manual transmission gear oil 2 3 8 qt 2 qt 2 2 Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF HQ Multi 75W 85 or API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 Automatic transmission fluid Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in Genuine NISSAN Matic K ATF 4 Power steering fluid PSF the Maintenance and do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 8 Brake and clutch fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 5 or equivalent DOT 3 Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium Soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a 6 Air conditioning system oil NISSAN A C System Oil Type S DH PS or equivalent 6 Windshield washer fluid 1 For further details see Fuel recommendation 2 For further details see Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 3 For further details see Recommended SAE viscosity number Genuine NI
140. cator light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the recom mended ones are used the vehicle dy namic control system may not operate properly and the vehicle dynamic con trol off indicator light may come on e The vehicle dynamic control system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob if so equipped ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For details see Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For details see Battery in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual Starting and driving 5 21 DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill befor
141. cce eee eee eens How to use E M English Metric button 4 4 Satellite radio reception if so equipped How to use dain maintenance button 4 5 Audio operation precautions e eee How to use the SETTING button n 4 5 FM AM SAT radio with cassette player and D DURON essene nia eE e RS 4 6 compact disc CD player Type A CD Control panel buttons with navigation system 4 7 changer Type EB wes cenevnmaneaneatsvaeederes Names of the components 0 0ceeeee 4 8 CD care and cleaning Poh sek Eae See ate How to use joystick and ENTER button 4 8 Steering wheel switch for audio control How to use BACK button 00085 4 8 Antenna PEA SG E a BAER SGN GS Setting up the start up screen 4 8 Car phone or CB radio 6 0s eee eee eter nena How to use the TRIP button 0008 4 9 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System How to use the SETTING button 4 11 if so equipped ee Pee ee eee oe Setting the display Audio or HVAC display 4 11 a the SHIM siess tatin tins msetai nifas BD Huish ceowe cies kok cen A416 ontrol PUINE haa oranie e EE Getting start d isi crs riccesotoigrisrrensmsnrtti Ventilator Sidnei iega e niema i iaaa 4 16 List of voice commands cccccceccuccuces Heater and air conditioner automatic 4 17 Speaker adaptation S
142. ccupants Luggage Trailer Tongue E GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat Lead limit Weight abe telly ing maximum total weight load 1 400 Ib LE o an Aig iini ifi i 40k oad capacity limit specified for the vehicle 640 kg mobs Sao obea edb 00ih H GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating 70kg 135kg 14kg 27kg 135kg 336 ka maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Occupants Luggage o Load limit Remaining available limit of your ve not exceed the load 1 Faooib R aie Co cargo and luggage icle shown as The combined weight of ake joad capacity occupants and cargo on the Tire and 2 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 404016 Loading Information label Do not exceed 70 kg 135kg 14kg 27 kg the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on Tire and Loading Information label 472 kg i Occupants Luggage To get the combined weight of occu Load limit Remaining available occupants then add the total luggage a 640 kg load capacity weight Examples are shown below 150 Ib x 5 750 b 30 Ib x 5 150 Ib sodb 70 kg 340 kg 14kg 70 kg 227 kg LTI0152 Technical and consumer information 9 13 Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard Determine the combined weight of the driver a
143. ce of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Preteen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this owner s manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or per formance problems resulting from modifications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design without notice and with out obligation IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used
144. child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH system anchors The child re straint will not be secured properly The LATCH system anchors are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle This system is known as the LATCH system This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system compat ible child restraints Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with the LATCH system This information may also be in the child restraint owner s manual If you have such a child restraint refer to the illustration for the seating positions equipped with LATCH sys tem anchors which can be used to secure the child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 The LATCH system anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH system anchors LATCH child restraints generally require the use of a top t
145. cking parking brake 000 8 21 Checking brake pedal 0005 8 21 Brak BOOSTER sc ciece ois eieresereiattiniace gorda eran gunn weds 8 22 USCS 2 0 giendis cnet e ui aranne Ea aa aa aca 8 22 Engine compartment 000cce seen eee 8 23 Passenger compartment 0 00s eae 8 24 Keyfob battery replacement 00 cee eee 8 26 PGMS ct Seeded che eta te whence hatte Socwasttsann Sutras 8 27 Headlights sis etci apt eon Soares nrerin a tea EES 8 27 Exterior and interior lights 0 008 8 28 Wheels and tires 22 c ce eden te dee wee ae esans 8 33 Tire Pressure i sica ceeecGes descr e ee eshedaeiad 8 33 Tire labeling i ocd s scented merece dian 8 37 TYPES Of MSc este a eeaisl rteniu sea hese adam ates 8 40 TIS CHAINS oo sis c cape chailage wlaaraliga hand tee Rina awe als 8 41 Changing wheels and tires 0005 8 41 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your new NISSAN has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NIS SAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives pr
146. code Tire type code Optional 5 Three digit code Date of Manufacture 6 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be car ried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory in stalled tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a
147. color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabilize A CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle e The life of xenon headlights will be battery shortened by frequent on off opera tion It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short intervals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon head lights is not reduced e If the xenon headlight bulb is close to LICO560 burning out the brightness will drasti cally decrease the light will start blink HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH ing or the color of the light will be come reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact a NISSAN 1 When turning the switch to the FDA posi dealer tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on Lighting When turning the switch to the 2 posi tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on Instruments and controls 2 21 LICO561 Autolight system The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically The autolight system can Turn on the headlights front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights au tomatically when it is dark Turn off all the lights when it is ligh
148. compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill The compass returns to the correct compass point when the ve hicle moves to an area where the geomag netism is stabilized A CAUTION Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the op eration of the compass When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Instruments and controls 2 9 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS or Anti lock brake warning light Automatic transmission check warning light if so equipped or Brake warning light Charge warning light Door open warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Low fuel warning light CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and turn the ignition key to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on EA Brake of SE A 2 10 Instruments and controls Low windshield washer fluid warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Supplemental air bag warning light Trunk lid open warning light Automatic transmission position indicator light A T models only CRUISE CRUISE main switch indicator light Cruise SET switch indicator light SET
149. controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments Kays en titaecd prees stokes nueit EE seeders 3 2 Nissan vehicle immobilizer system keys 3 2 DOOrS is cecciocs aut teeta E die eer anise 3 3 LOCKING Witi KOy i ci ntee tdsas peka aieea 3 3 Locking with inside lock knob 0005 3 4 Locking with power door lock switch 3 4 Child safety rear door lock 00 00085 3 5 Remote keyless entry system 0 cc eee eee 3 5 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 6 FIO EE E ET cana tanta w Svcd abet acelin 3 9 TUNK id eri pinner taoa ioa a en Site cited 3 9 Opener operation serres ccros sesireere iiun raia 3 9 Secondary trunk lid release 4 seat model only 00c eee neern 3 10 Interior trunk lid release 00 e cee eee 3 11 Fivel fillersdoOP 2 chc0d oc 40 Bob bee ddd E nea 3 11 Opener Operation esisi servos teas vee 3 11 Fuel filler Cap i422 cccseecncseaeceeeweas raw eoaee 3 12 Tilting telescopic steering column 005 3 13 Automatic operation if so equipped 3 13 Manual operation 0 00 0 ce eee eee 3 14 SUN VISOS oore ena e a bean eee seus 3 15 Vanity MIRFONS ic ode sherddtndt tea tac eee 3 15 MiO S s cenectwateds Latheew nuked ug e EEEIEE E 3 16 Automatic anti glare rearview mirror 3 16 Outside MifOrsisecc ad fe olwiweaarias veoleee ads 3 17 Automatic drive positioner if so equipped 3 19 Memory st
150. d fill through the opening A CAUTION e DO NOT OVERFILL e Recommended fluid is NISSAN PSF or equivalent Genuine Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID For further brake and clutch fluid specification information refer to Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake and clutch sys tems The use of improper fluids can dam age the brake system and affect the vehi cle s stopping ability A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself LDIO079 LDI0080 BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer CLUTCH FLUID Check the clutch fluid level in the reservoir manual transmissions only If the fluid level is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added fre quently the system should
151. d increase the risk that they are injured when the supplemental front air bag inflates Sit upright and well back ARS1133 ARS1041 AWARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 belts and supplemental restra 1 38 Safety Seats seat e Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child See Child restraints earlier in this section for details ARS1045 WRS0256 AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags side air bags or curtain side impact air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and chil dren should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 A WARNING e The seat belts the supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place t
152. d may vary significantly due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance AWARNING The traction grade assigned to your ve hicle tires is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not in clude acceleration cornering hydroplan ing or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C Temperature grades are A the highest B and C They represent a tire s resistance to heat build up and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high tem perature can cause tire material to degenerate reducing tire life Excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure Grade C corresponds to a performance level which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades A and B rep resent higher levels of performance on laboratory test wheels than the minimum required by law AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under in
153. de impact air bags and pre tensioner seat belt systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the pre tensioner seat belts may not function properly For additional details see Supplemental restraint system in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems if so equipped and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e Trunk lid open warning light This light comes on when the trunk lid is not securely closed while the ignition key is in the ON position INDICATOR LIGHTS i Automatic transmission t position indicator light A T models only When the ignition key is turned to the ON posi tion the indicator in the speedometer shows the automatic transmission selector lever position See Driving the vehicle in the Sta
154. de to OFF or ON turn the Tuning knob to right or left while cassette tape is playing When Dolby is ON the UU mark is displayed Dolby noise reduction manufactured under li cense from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corpo ration Dolby NR and the double D symbol DA are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the AUDIO knob repeatedly until the radio cassette tape or CD display reap pears Otherwise the radio cassette tape or CD display will automatically reappear after about 10 seconds Display CD text Type A only To change the text displayed while playing a CD press the AUDIO knob until Display Mode ap pears Turn the Tuning knob within 2 seconds The text will change as follows Track number Track title Disc title Track number DISP display button if so equipped This DISP display button will show text about CD or SAT information in the audio display CD display mode To change the text displayed while playing a CD with text press the DISP button The DISP button will allow you to scroll through CD text as follows Disc title Track title To change the default display mode push the tune knob to display mode and rotate the knob to select the following display mode Disc title Track title Track number Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 25 O
155. dels Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D automatic transmission models or ist and R manual transmission models Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h 5 If the vehicle can not be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle Rear AWARNING Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged ACAUTION e Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the main structural members of the vehicle e Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the sus pension steering brake or cooling systems e Always pull the cable straight out from the front or rear of the vehicle Never pull the vehicle at an angle e Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control System if so equipped 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift
156. der to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary retreated GG GLASS When cleaning the rear window it may be easier to clean if the high mounted stop light is removed first LAI0008 Be careful when removing the high mounted stop light to reduce the risk of damaging the high mounted stop light wires To remove the high mounted stop light Push toward rear of vehicle Lift to remove The high mounted stop light must be properly reinstalled before driving your vehicle Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film ACAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electri cal conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash the wheels regularly especially during win ter months in areas where road salt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NIS
157. dicator Name li CRUISE Automatic transmission position indica tor light A T models CRUISE main switch indicator light Cruise SET switch indicator light Front passenger air bag status light High beam in dicator light blue Page Illustrated table of contents 0 9 Indicator Name Page light SUNE Malfunction SOON indicator light MIL Slip indicator light if so equipped Traction control system off indi cator light if so equipped Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle dy namic control off indicator light if so equipped 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SoSe aia ieee pee inetd annem E wears 1 2 Child restraint installation on rear seat center Front manual seat adjustment 5 passenger models only or outboard passenger s Side 0 cceccceee cece riss 1 2 POSITIONS 22 25 cade teen EESE dhe eine hated cum 1 20 Front power seat adjustment LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for for driver s seat and if so equipped for CHildren system Reka es lene Ris TALE inte ee 1 25 passenger s seat 0 0 0 e cece cece eee e eee eee 1 4 Top tether strap child restraint 0 0 1 26 Folding rear seat if so equipped 1 6 Child restraint installation on front passenger Seadb naps ha ida aha dada Meadaiaaa ada suede suite 1 27
158. e Starting and driving sure it locks into place do not open the hood mectionlonihiainantials Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 e Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys The trunk lid opener lever is located below the armrest of the driver s door trim panel To open the trunk lid pull the opener lever out To close the trunk lid lower and push the trunk lid down securely 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPDO186 LPDO201 Cancel switch When the cancel switch located inside the glove box is OFF the trunk lid cannot be opened with the trunk lid release switch It can be opened with the keyfob SECONDARY TRUNK LID RELEASE 4 seat model only To open the trunk lid from the rear seat fold down the trunk compartment access lid and pull the rear seat trunk release handle Q To close push the trunk lid down securely LPDO187 INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE AWARNING Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid sec
159. e them 4 16 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER automatic 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 beetle e DRIVER Saje gy jo Ac MODE RASS M ET o o G y v 7 12 11 10 9 LHA0258 LHA0247 Rear Temperature control button driver side 12 OFF button for climate control AUTO climate control ON button system gt fresh air button WV front defroster button AWARNING e The air conditioner cooling function op erates only when the engine is running A C air conditioner ON OFF button fan speed control button MODE manual air flow control button Temperature control button passenger side 9 S DUAL passenger side tempera ture control ON OFF button 10 GJ Rear window defroster switch 11 CS Air recirculation button ONOARON Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 17 e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Do not use the recircul
160. e engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in If your vehicle overheats found in the In case of emergency section of this manual e The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap Demineral ized or dis tilled water Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent Outside temperature down to A CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 anti freeze and 50 demineralized or distilled water The use of other types of coolant solutions or coolant colors such as or ange may damage the engine cooling system WDI0332 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 CHANGING ENGINE
161. e operating the vehicle For details see Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels Please consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability informa tion 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 5 22 Starting and driving 3 Tire chains may be used ACAUTION Tire chains cables cannot be installed on P245 45R18 size tires Installation of the tire chains cables on P245 45R18 size tires will cause damage to the vehicle If you plan to use tire chains cables you should install P225 55R17 size tires on your vehicle Use of tire chains may be prohibited accord ing to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your ve
162. e positioner later in this section Heated mirrors if so equipped The electric control type outside mirrors if so equipped can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility Press the rear win dow defogger switch to activate the heating function Press the switch again to deactivate or the heating function will automatically turn off after approximately 15 minutes AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER if so equipped The automatic drive positioner system has two features Memory storage function Entry exit function for automatic transmis sion model only Le LPDO197 MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION Two positions for the driver s seat steering col umn and outside mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive positioner memory Follow these procedures to use the memory system 1 For vehicles equipped with automatic trans mission set the shift selector lever to the P Park position For vehicles equipped with manual trans mission place the shift lever in the N Neu tral position and set the parking brake 2 Turn the ignition ON Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 3 Adjust the driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors to the desired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch For additional information see Seats in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system section and Tilting tele scop
163. e previous display after the MAIN TENANCE NOTICE screen is displayed press the BACK button The MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen displays each time the key is turned ON until one of the following conditions are met RESET is selected e Display Maintenance and Notification is set OFF the maintenance interval is set again SETTINGS Display Vehicle Electronic Systems System Settings Navigation Guidance Voice Guidance Volume LHA0558 HOW TO USE THE SETTING BUTTON To adjust the various settings within the display screen press the SETTING button After pressing the SETTING button a menu will be shown on the display screen which will allow you to program several functions such as the display screen appearance programmable fea tures for your vehicles electronics system and other system settings such as your clock To make a selection from this mode use the joystick and press the ENTER button SETTING THE DISPLAY Audio or HVAC display The audio or HVAC reading can be displayed at the bottom of the screen Choose the Audio or HVAC Heater and air conditioner key to be displayed at the bottom by using the joystick and pressing the ENTER button to select or deselect the key The setting condition will normally appear on the screen To ret
164. e your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pre tensioner seat belt system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual WRSO169 1 SRS Air Bag Warning Labels located on the sun visors 2 SRS Side Air Bag Warning Labels lo cated on the door pillar SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag systems are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 eo S LRS0100 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying 2 in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits of the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag and pre tensioner seat belt sys tems The circuits monitored by the supplemental air bag warning light are the diagnosis sensor unit crash zone sensor satellite sensors front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain side impact air bag modules pre tensioner seat belts and all related wiring When the ignition key is in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur t
165. ear the ring tone press the 9PE button on the steering wheel For additional command options see List of voice commands later in this section 4 40 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main Menu Call Phone Book Memo Pad Setup When you push and release the amp button on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the com mands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking You can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available any time the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at any time the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction any time the system is waiting for a response When you get used to the menus in the system you can talk ahead by saying more than one command at a time For example say Call five five five one two one two or Memo pad record Also when you get used to the system re sponses you_can skip ahead to the tone by pressing the amp button on the steering wheel However i
166. earlier in this section 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too System fails to interpret the command correctly aA f noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to im prove the recognition response for the speaker See Speaker adaptation SA mode earlier in this section 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command See Phone book earlier in this section phone book 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the 4 48 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 0 55 5 2 Three way catalyst cissi 000 cece 5 2 Avoiding collision and rollover 0005 5 3 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 3
167. eatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit see Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be re clined to allow occupants to rest when the ve hicle is stopped WRSO164 LRS0239 Seat lifter driver s seat Manual Lumbar support driver s seat Push the front or rear end of the switch up or down to adjust the angle and height of the seat The lumbar support feature provides lower back cushion support to the driver Move the lever up or down manual or move the switch forward or backward power to adjust the seat lumbar area Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 LRSO246 FOLDING REAR SEAT if so equipped Interior trunk access For models without rear center console the trunk can be accessed from the passenger side of the rear seat for loading and unloading as shown Push down on the button on the rear parcel shelf Fold down the passenger side seatback AWARNING e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seat when it is in the fold down position Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could result in serious injury in an acci dent or sudden stop e The 4 passenger model has seating and seat belts for 4 occupants 2 in the
168. echnical and consumer information section of this manual You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 1 2 34 5 z z s ees TENE NRE ca SGD Se ah 26 sge Ne b UES A REE 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 WDI0490 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself 1 Power steering fluid reservoir 2 Engine oil filler cap 3 Brake fluid reservoir 4 Clutch fluid reservoir M T model 5 Air cleaner 6 Battery 7 Fuse Fusible link box 8 Transmission dipstick A T models 9 Engine oil dipstick 10 Radiator cap 11 Drive belt location 12 Fuse block 13 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 14 Engine coolant reservoir NOTE Engine cover removed for clarity ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The anti freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional engine cooling system additives are not necessary AWARNING e Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until th
169. ed in the rear seat than in the front seat e A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Failure to use a three point type seat belt with a booster seat can result in a serious in jury in sudden stop or collision e An improperly installed booster seat could lead to serious injury or death in an accident LRS0455 AWARNING e Do not use towels books pillows or other items in place of a booster seat Items such as these may move during normal driving or a collision and result in serious injury or death Booster seats are designed to be used with a lap shoulder belt Booster seats are de signed to properly route the lap and shoulder portions of the seat belt over the strongest portions of a child s body to provide the maximum protection dur ing a collision Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 LRS0453 LRS0464 Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle
170. either forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 3 2 D VU z LSD0071 Manual shift mode When the selector lever is shifted from D to the manual shift gate with the vehicle stopped or while driving the transmission enters the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manu ally In the manual shift mode the shift range is dis played on the position indicator in the meter When shifting the shift lever to the manual shift gate the position indicator first displays M4 Fourth Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows M1 gt M2 M3 M4 M5 M5 Fifth Use this position for all normal forward driving M4 Fourth For driving up or down long slopes where engine braking would be advantageous M3 Third and M2 Second Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades M1 First Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than M4 range This reduces fuel economy When shifting up Move the selector lever to the up side Shifts to higher range When shifting down Move
171. eive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat properly See Precautions on Seat Belt Usage later in this section 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT PASSENGER S SIDE AWARNING e Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle e After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked LRSO244 LRSO245 Forward and backward Pull the lever up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped A WARN
172. elect Time Zone Pacific LHA0566 System settings Language Unit The LANGUAGE UNIT screen will appear when selecting the Language Unit key and push ing the ENTER button Language English or French Unit US mile F MPG Metric km C L 100 km You can select the language and unit using the joystick and ENTER button Clock Adjusting the time Select the Hours or Minutes key and move the joystick to the right or left to adjust the time The time will change step by step After completion of the setting press the BACK button 4 14 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Setting daylight savings time Use the Daylight Saving Time key to adjust the clock to daylight savings time ON The displayed time advances by 1 hour OFF The current time is displayed He CLOCK SETTINGS Hours 4 gt Minutes 4 gt 05 25 Daylight Saving Time Select Time Zone Pacific LHA0567 HA CLOCK SETTINGS Hours 4 gt T Minutes 4 gt 6 25 Auto Adjust GPS Time 05 25 Daylight Saving Time LHA0568 TIME ZONE Mountain Central Eastern Atlantic Newfoundland LHA0563 Adjusting the time to the GPS Select t
173. els e When installing a spare tire make sure it is the proper size and type as speci fied on the tire placard For tire placard location information refer to Tire plac ard in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual Refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion of this manual TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM TCS if so equipped When accelerating on slippery surfaces the tire may spin or slip With the vehicle traction control system TCS sensors detect these movements and control the braking and engine output to help improve vehicle stability while accelerating When the traction control system is operat ing the slip indicator in the instrument panel blinks If the slip indicator blinks the vehicle is un der slippery conditions Be sure to drive carefully See Slip indicator light and Trac tion control system TCS off indicator light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual e If a malfunction occurs in the system TCS the SLIP and ore indicator lights come on in the meter panel As long as these lights are on the traction control function is canceled The vehicle will behave like a vehicle without the system A WARNING e The traction control system is designed to help improve driving stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by care
174. ements and control the braking and engine output to help improve vehicle stability When the vehicle dynamic control VDC system is operating the slip indicator in the instrument panel blinks If the slip indicator blinks the road condi tions are slippery Be sure to adjust your speed and driving to these conditions See Slip indicator light and Vehicle dynamic control VDC off indicator light in the In struments and controls section Indicator light If malfunction occurs in the system the SLIP and BFF indicator lights come on in the instrument panel As long as these indicator lights are on the traction control function is canceled If the vehicle is operated with the vehicle dynamic control system OFF using the VDC OFF switch VDC functions will be turned off The VDC sys tem will still try to transfer power from a slipping drive wheel to one with more traction when the VDC system switch is OFF The Slip indicator will flash if wheel spin is detected The ABS will still operate with the VDC system off When the VDC system is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working prop erly The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs
175. en e Do not forcefully pull the screen Doing so may elongate the screen Improper operation or damage to the screen may result DOOR LICO907 The interior light has a three position switch and operates regardless of ignition switch position When the switch is in the ON position the interior light illuminates regardless of door position The light will go off after 30 minutes unless the ignition key is in the ACC or ON position When the switch is in the center DOOR position the front and rear personal lights will illuminate under the following con ditions Driver s door is unlocked while the igni tion key is removed from the key cylinder 2 42 Instruments and controls Lights remain on for a maximum of 30 seconds Driver s door is opened Lights remain on for a maximum of 30 seconds after driver s door is closed Ignition key is removed from key cylinder Lights remain on for a maximum of 30 seconds The lights will go off when the ignition key is in the ON position or the driver s door is closed and locked The lights will also go off after 30 minutes when doors are open When the switch is in the OFF position the interior light does not illuminate regard less of door position NOTE The foot well and door step lights illumi nate when the driver and passenger doors are opened regardless of the interior light switch position These lights will
176. en need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraint Front facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 pounds 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Front facing child re straints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a front facing child restraint AWARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fit ting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or terri tories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See Child Re straints later i
177. ence the entire disc eject sequence will be can celed When this button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will eject and the system will turn off CD IN indicator The slot numbers 1 6 will illuminate if CDs have been loaded into the changer Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 31 LHA0049 CD CARE AND CLEANING e Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the disc Never touch the surface of the disc e Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated 4 32 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems aos LHA0550 PON Type A Volume control switch MODE select switch POWER on off switch Tuning switch 1 VOL nw Vv 2 gt 3 Ce 4 SEEK nN Vv LHA0596 Type B Volume control switch POWER on off switch MODE select switch Tuning switch STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL The audio system can be operated using the controls
178. ent wiper func tion Refer to Personalized settings menu vehicles without navigation sys tem or Vehicle electronic systems ve hicles with navigation system in the Dis play screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems section later in this manual Low continuous low speed operation High continuous high speed operation Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep opera tion of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water Instruments and controls 2 19 REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR if so
179. equipped DEFROSTER SWITCH o yy LICO388 To defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the rear window defroster switch on The rear window defroster indicator light on the switch comes on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes 2 20 Instruments and controls A CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster NOTE The top few rows of wires on the rear win dow are not part of the rear window de froster system These wires make up the antenna for the audio system HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS if so equipped A WARNING ZAAHIGH VOLTAGE e When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xe non headlights replaced at a NISSAN dealer e Xenon headlights provide considerably more light than conventional head lights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncom ing driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer and have the headlights adjusted correctly When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or
180. er of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoul der belt anchor into position AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position e The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender is available which is compatible with the installed seat belts The ex tender adds approximately 8 inches 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance if an extender is required AWARNING e Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts e Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident e Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be se
181. er or repu table trailer dealer Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly installed 9 18 Technical and consumer information AWARNING Never connect a trailer brake system di rectly to the vehicle brake system Pre towing tips Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half Check your hitch trailer tire pressure ve hicle tire pressure trailer light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic Steering stability and braking perfor mance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions A
182. er s seat with the engine run ning the parking brake on and the transmis sion in Park Press and hold the 4 4 than 5 seconds The system announces Press the PHONE SEND 4 button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adaptation mode or press the PHONE END MQ2E_ button to select a dif ferent language Press the 4 For information on selecting a different lan guage see Choosing a language earlier in this section button for more button Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the system When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin the press the 4 4 button 8 The SA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system 9 When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will ask you to say your name Follow the instructions to register your name 11 The system will announce that speaker ad aptation has been completed and the sys tem is ready The SA mode will stop if e The 4 amp 4 button is pressed for more than 5 seconds in SA mode The vehicle begins moving during SA mode The ignition switch is turned to the OFF or LOCK position Training phrases During the SA mode the system instructs the trainer to say the follow
183. erly secured The re straint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front pas senger air bag See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Move seat fully back WRS0379 Front Facing step 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat follow these steps Position the child restraint on the front pas senger seat It should be placed in a front facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Adjust the head restraint to its highest position Always follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direc tion and therefore must not be used in the front seat The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If necessary adjust or remove the head re straint to obtain the correct child restraint fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint
184. ersonal injury 2 26 Instruments and controls The front and rear seats are warmed by built in heaters if so equipped The switches are lo cated on the center consoles iF 2 Start the engine Push the LO or HI position of the switch as desired The indicator light in the switch will illuminate The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on 3 When the seat is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch off ACAUTION e Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat e Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cush ion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater e Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth e When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any simi lar materials e If any abnormalities are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by your NISSAN dealer e The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running HEATED STEERING WHEEL if so equipped LICO421
185. ether strap See Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installation in structions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint When you install a LATCH system compatible child restraint to the lower anchor attachments follow these steps AWARNING Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area and feeling to make sure there are no obstructions over the LATCH system an chors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the LATCH sys tem anchors are obstructed 1 To install the LATCH system compatible child restraint insert the child restraint LATCH system anchor attachments into the anchor points on the seat If the child re straint is equipped with a top tether see Top tether strap child restraint later in this section for installation instructions 2 After attaching the child restraint and before placing the child in it use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that the child restraint is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm 3 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRSO243 5 passenger m
186. excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition key OFF and wait for 3 seconds Then turn the key back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating con dition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair it if nec essary MANUAL TRANSMISSION AWARNING e Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of conirol e Do not over rev the engine when shift ing to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage A CAUTION e Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may cause clutch damage e Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse e When the vehicle is stopped with the engine running for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied 135 1 HH i 246R L LSD0073 Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or down shifting depress the clutch pedal fully shift into the appropriate gear then release the clutch slowly and smoothly This vehicle is equipped with a short throw shifter manual transmission To ensure smooth ge
187. f the seatback of the front seats The supplemental curtain side impact air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guide lines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the infor mation cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag operation When the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvic area of the front occupants Curtain side impact air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and re
188. f you press the amp button when the system is waiting for a response from you it will end the VR session Call Main Menu Call Name speak name Number speak digits Redial Call Back Name speak name If you have stored entries in the Phone Book you can dial a number associated with a name and location See Phone book later in this section to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple locations associated with the name the system asks you to choose the loca tion Once you have confirmed the name and location the system begins the call Number speak digits When prompted by the system say the number you wish to call Refer to How to say numbers and Making a call by entering a phone number earlier in this section for more details Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed within the vehicle NOTE The system will not redial the last number dialed by the handset keypad The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Call back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle T
189. flation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Informa tion Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a re placement by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 191 Gardena CA 90248 0191 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor mation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Informa tion Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a re placement by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles
190. fluid to refill the reser voir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded e Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction e Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement e Allow greater following distances on slippery roads e Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers e Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads e Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped An engine block heater to assist in extreme cold temperature starting is available through a NISSAN dealer AWARNING Do not use your heater with an un grounded electrical system or two pronged cheater adapters You can be injured by an elecirical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Starting and drivin
191. from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic con trol system harnesses Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN dealer BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine gt amp Bluetooth LHA 0602 Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is paired to the in vehicle phone module no other phone connect ing procedure is required Your phone is auto matically connected with the in ve
192. front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements One sensor used is the occupant classification sensor pressure sensor It is in the bottom of the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight It works together with seat belt sensors described later For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the advanced air bag sys tem is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regula tions is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF Occupant classification sensor opera tion can vary depending on the front passenger seat belt sensors The front passenger seat belt sensors are de signed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the amount of tension on the seat belt such as when it is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode Based on the weight on the seat detected by the occupant cla
193. g in a sudden stop or collision e The 4 passenger model has seating and seat belts for 4 occupants 2 in the front seats and 2 in the rear seats Never use the rear console as a seating position or for a child restraint 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front Facing outboard step 1 Front facing When you install a child restraint in the rear seat follow these steps Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the restraint manufacturer s in structions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint WRS0250 LRS0458 Front Facing step 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing Front Facing step 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is
194. g 5 23 MEMO 5 24 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Flat tes accion ruere rispe iana en a eawa celta es 6 2 Changing flat tite ci civ ose cag ern es ean See 6 2 Jump Starting i aceon crire kerensa saen vehe wet a 6 6 LsAUES n 1g a e ee 6 8 If your vehicle overheatS 000 cece eee eee 6 9 Towing your VehiCl6 sc cides caveerres reed isats wae 6 10 Towing recommended by NISSAN 6 10 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle FLAT TIRE CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park ona level surface and apply the parking brake Shift the manual transmission into R Reverse or the automatic transmission into P Park 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle 6 2 Incase of emergency AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the manual transmission is shifted into R Reverse or the auto matic transmission into P Park e Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous e Never change tires if oncoming traffi
195. gger button or audio button Language The language can be changed to English or Fran ais using the joystick Beep set If the beep set OFF key is selected using the joystick the beep sound will not operate except some caution beep sounds Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 5 Service alert If the service alert ON key is selected the information will be displayed when the engine oil and the tire rotation periods reach the preset driving distance Personalized settings menu You can set the following electronic systems operating conditions using the joystick Slide back DR driver s seat on exit The driver s seat automatically moves back and returns to the original position for exceptional ease of exit and entry Remote unlock door logic This option allows you to select which doors will unlock first during an unlocking operation Only the driver s door All the doors Horn chirp with remote This option allows you to select the horn chirp mode that occurs when the LOCK or UNLOCK button on the keyfob is pressed NOTE If you change the horn beep or the lamp flash feature with the keyfob the display screen will not show the current mode Use the keyfob to return to the previous mode and re enable the display screen control Lamps flash with remote This option allows you to select the hazard indi cator flash mode that occurs when the LOCK or
196. ght beam select To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on andthe 20 light illuminates Pull the lever back to select the low beam Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Battery saver system If the ignition switch is turned OFF while the headlight switch is in the2Dd or 20 posi tion the headlights will turn off after 5 minutes A CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM Canada only The daytime running lights automatically illumi nate when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights oper ate with the headlight switch in the OFF position orin the P4 position Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO or position for headlight illu mination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is turned off A WARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on
197. ght comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary See Window washer fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 12 Low windshield washer fluid warning light Instruments and controls M Seat belt warning light and or 5 chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition key is turned to the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied if so equipped For 5 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger Refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage Q Supplemental air bag warning SJ light When the ignition key is in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain si
198. gnal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduce treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines elec
199. h OAs wWNy The driver s side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close all of the windows To open a window push the switch and hold it down To close a window pull the switch and hold it up To stop the opening or closing function at any time simply release the switch Instruments and controls 2 37 LICO408 LICO409 tf QW LICO410 Front passenger power window switch The passenger window switch operates only the corresponding passenger window To open the window push the switch and hold it down Q To close the window pull the switch up 2 38 Instruments and controls Rear power window switch The rear passenger window switches open or close only the corresponding passenger window To open the window push the switch and hold it down Q To close the window pull the switch up Locking passengers windows When the window lock button is depressed only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down only driver s side shown to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window auto matically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening To fully close a window equipped with automatic operation pull the switch up to the second detent and rele
200. hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time when the coolant temperature is high 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer In case of emergency 6 9 TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could dam age your vehicle Towing instructions are avail able from a NISSAN dealer Local service opera tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AWARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION e When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any unit is damaged dollies must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing 6 10 Incase of emergency For information about towing your vehicle
201. he Auto Adjust key The time will be reset to the GPS time Selecting the time zone 1 Select the Select Time Zone key The TIME ZONE screen will appear 2 Select one of the following zones depending on the current location Pacific zone Mountain zone Central zone Eastern zone e Atlantic zone Newfoundland zone After selection the CLOCK SETTINGS screen will appear Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 15 The GPS time manual time corresponding to the selected zone will be displayed Pacific zone has been set as the initial default setting Beep setting With this option ON a beep will sound if any audio button is pushed lt 2 BUTTON To change the display brightness push the 4 D button Pushing the button again will change the display to DAY or NIGHT display Then adjust the brightness moving the joystick right or left If no operation is done within 10 seconds or if the BACK button is pushed the display will return to the previous display VENTILATORS LHA0255 LHA0257 Center Adjust air flow direction by moving the ventilator slides Open or close the ventilators by using the dial Move the dial toward the hollow circle to open the ventilators or toward the solid circle to clos
202. he outside air temperature and driving conditions A CAUTION If the gauge indicates coolant tempera ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If the gauge is over the nor mal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is over heated continued operation of the ve hicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section for immediate action required Instruments and controls 2 5 i N O LICO385 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to E Empty after the ignition key is turned to OFF The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty 2 6 Instruments and controls The i indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle A CAUTION elf the vehicle runs out of fuel SERVICE Aaa the ENGINE malfunction indicator light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips SERVICE the ENGINE light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see Mal
203. he preceding step Any safe driving mode is accept able between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed EVENT DATA RECORDERS Your vehicle is equipped with a variety of comput ers that monitor and control a number of systems to optimize performance and help service techni cians with diagnosis and repair Depending on the equipment on your vehicle some of the com puters monitor emission control systems braking systems engine systems transmission systems tire pressure systems and airbag systems Some data about vehicle operation may be stored in the computers for use during servicing Other data may be stored if a crash event occurs For ex ample air bag readiness air bag performance and seat belt use by the driver or passenger may be recorded depending on vehicle equipment These types of systems are sometimes called Event Data Recorders Special equipment can be used to access the electronic data that may be stored in the vehicle s computers sounds are not recorded NISSAN and NISSAN dealers have equipment to access some of this data others may also have this equipment The data may be retrieved during routine vehicle servicing or for special research It might also be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee in response to a request by law enforcement or as otherwise required or permitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine NISSAN Service Manual i
204. he supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag and pre tensioner seat belt systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bags and curtain side impact air bag or pre tensioner seat belt systems may not operate properly It must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Repair and replacement procedure The supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain side impact air bags and pre tensioner seat belts are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has oc curred Repair and replacement of these supple mental air bag systems should be done only
205. he ENGINE mal function indicator light MIL to illumi nate If the ENGINE light illuminates be cause the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle SERVICE The ENGINE light should turn off after a SOON SERVICE few driving trips If the ENGINE light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer e For additional information see the Malfunction indicator light MIL in the Instruments and Controls section earlier in this manual TILTING TELESCOPIC STEERING COLUMN WPD0235 AUTOMATIC OPERATION if so equipped Tilt operation Push the switch to adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired position AWARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Entry Exit function The automatic drive positioner system will make the steering wheel move up automatically on models equipped with automatic transmission when the key is removed from the ignition switch This lets the driver get into and out of the seat more easily The steering wheel moves back into position when the key is inserted into the ignition switch For more information see Automatic drive posi tioner later in this section Telescopic operation Push the switch Q to adjust the steering wheel forward or backward 8 to the desired position P
206. he automatic anti glare feature press the O button for inside mirrors without compass 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments With compass e the button for inside mirrors with compass The indicator light will turn off To turn on the automatic anti glare feature again press the button for inside mirrors without compass e the button for inside mirrors with compass The indicator light will turn on Some vehicles are also equipped with automatic anti glare outside mirrors For additional informa tion see Automatic anti glare outside mirrors later in this section For information on HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver operation see the HomeLink Universal Transceiver in the Instrument and controls sec tion of this manual For information on the compass display if so equipped see Compass display in the Instru ments and controls section of this manual NOTE Do not hang any objects over the sensors or apply glass cleaner to the sensors Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensors resulting in improper operation LPDO237 OUTSIDE MIRRORS The outside mirror remote control will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Move the small switch 1 to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch AWARNING Objects viewed in
207. he front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper Operation of the occupant classifica tion system pressure sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Work on and around the supplemental front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electri cal equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Re straint System SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected Unautho rized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified re pair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system e The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and Orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropri ate sections in this Owner s Manual nA V HY ee LRSO259 Supplemental side impact air bag and curtain side impact air bags system The supplemental side impact air bags are lo cated in the outside o
208. he hand held transmitter information replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption position the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming difficulties please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared However to clear all programming press and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HOMELINK BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transceiver button complete the following 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Press and hold the hand held tr
209. he low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH e Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on The flashers will operate with the ignition switch in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving AICO102 LICO394 CORNERING LIGHT Push the switch on to warn other drivers when The cornering light provides additional illumina you must stop or park under emergency condi tion toward the turning direction The cornering tions All turn signal lights flash light will illuminate on the turning direction side when a turn is signaled with the headlights on AWARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road e Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Instruments and controls 2 25 HORN HEATED SEATS if so equipped LICO395 WICO905 To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel AWARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious p
210. he playing disc up or down ANTENNA Window antenna The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window ACAUTION e Do not place metalized film near the rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor recep tion or noise Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 33 e When cleaning the inside of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window antenna Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your NISSAN be sure to observe the following cautions otherwise the new equipment may ad versely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts AWARNING e Acellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some juris dictions prohibit the use of cellular tele phones while driving e If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so 4 34 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible
211. he rear parcel shelf finisher If you have any questions when installing a top strap child restraint on the rear seat consult your NISSAN dealer for details WRS0256 CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT AWARNING e Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat Supplemental front air bags in flate with great force A rear facing child restraint could be struck by the supplemental front air bag in a crash and could seriously injure or kill your child Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 Move seat fully back WRS0378 e NISSAN recommends that child re straints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front pas senger seat move the passenger seat to the rearmost position Also be sure the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated to indicate the passenger air bag is OFF See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this sec tion for details A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passen ger seat e The three point seat belt in your vehicle is equipped with an automatic locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the retractor s locking mode will result in the child restraint not being prop
212. he system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session During a call During a call there ag several command options available Press the fu button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com mands Help The system announces the avail able commands e Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back ends the VR session and returns to the call e Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 41 e Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send command to enter numbers during a call For example if you were directed to dial an ex tension by an automated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR ses sion and returns to the call e Transfer call Use the Transfer Call com mand to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session You can also issue the Transfer Call com mand again to return to a hands free call
213. heir hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear out board seats to extend their hand out of Do not gan against the door Do not lean against the door SSS0101 S550188 the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding A WARNING positions are shown in the previous Supplemental side air bag and curtain illustrations side impact air bag e The supplemental side air bag and cur tain side impact air bag ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal im pact rear impact rollover or lower se verity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0032 SSS0159 SSS0162 A WARNING When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with supplemental side air bag inflation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 WRS0466 1 SRS
214. hicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s sug gestions Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on ve hicles with restricted tire to vehicle clear ance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the minimum clear ances between the tire and the closest ve hicle suspension or body component re quired to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain ten sioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibil ity of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addi tion drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected Never install tire chains on spare tires Do not use tire chains on dry roads SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts Extra window washer
215. hicle phone Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 35 module when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position with the paired cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissan usa com bluetooth for a recommended phone list You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking ga rage near a tall building or in a mountain ous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area sur rounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degrada tion and
216. hicle to slide side ways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental re straint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving
217. hild restraint being used If the status light is not lit indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly In rare cases the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though the air bag is OFF If such situations happen properly position and restrain the occupant or child restraint Other wise reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If you have any questions about whether your passenger air bag is working as designed your dealer can use a special tool to confirm that it is working properly The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the vehicle the passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light 8 located in the meter and gauges area in the center of the instrument panel will blink Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 1 46 Other supplemental front air bag precau tions AWARNING Do not place any objects on the steer ing wheel pad or on the instrument panel A
218. hinner or any simi lar material e Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap polishes oils clean ing fluids solvents detergents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish e Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover FLOOR MATS The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex tend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwell to prevent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they be come excessively worn WAI0006 Floor mat positioning aid driver s side only This vehicle includes a front floor mat bracket to act as a floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your ve hicle model The driver s side floor mat has a grommet hole incorporated in it Position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the footwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge da
219. his specification to improve emission system and vehicle perfor mance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the World Wide Fuel Charter specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel com patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de termined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend other than metha nol blend is used it should contain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly f
220. ic locking mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See Child restraints earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is au tomatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat and the pas senger air bag status light is illuminated indicat ing that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of c
221. ic steering column and Outside mir rors earlier in this section During this step do not turn the ignition to any positions other than ON 4 Push the SET switch and within 5 seconds push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will come on and stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch After the indicator light goes off the se lected positions are stored in the selected memory 1 or 2 If memory is stored in the same memory switch the previous memory will be deleted Linking a keyfob to a stored memory position Each keyfob can be linked to a stored memory position memory switch 1 or 2 with the follow ing procedure 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments 1 Follow the steps for storing a memory position 2 While the indicator light for the memory switch being set is illuminated for 5 sec onds press the button on the keyfob The indicator light will blink After the indica tor light goes off the keyfob is linked to that memory setting With the key removed from the ignition switch press the f button on the keyfob The driv er s seat and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position NOTE If a new memory position is saved to the memory switch the keyfob automatically re links Procedure for storing the outside mirror positions for best visibility when backing up An outside mirror position for b
222. ify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock e Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and contact your nearest NISSAN dealer Ignoring such conditions may lead to accidents fire or electrical shock CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM LHA0593 When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will use up all the battery power and the engine will not start Reference symbols ENTER button This is a button on the con trol panel Display key This is a select key on the screen By selecting this key you can proceed to the next function Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 7 NAMES OF THE COMPONENTS Xd brightness control button P 4 16 BACK previous button P 4 3 Joystick and ENTER push button P 4 8 SETTING button P 4 11 TRIP drive computer button P 4 9 DEST button MAP button Zoom out button anoar OD 9 Zoom in button 10 ROUTE button
223. ime you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsa tion in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of any malfunction If the computer senses any malfunction it switches the anti lock brake system off and turns on the ABS brake warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the light comes on during the self test or while driving take the vehicle to a NISSAN dealer for repair AWARNING e The anti lock brake system is a sophis ticated device but it cannot prevent ac cidents resulting from careless or dan gerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces but remember that the stopping distance on slippery sur faces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with the anti lock brake system Stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow cov ered roads or if you are using tire chains Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness Always maintain a safe distance from the ve hicle in front of you Ultimately the re sponsibility for safety of self and others rests in the hands of the driver Tire type and condition of tires may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the speci fied size of tires on all four whe
224. in the player Do not use cassettes with labels which are peeling and loose If used the label could jam in the player If a cassette has loose tape insert a pencil through one of the cassette hubs and rewind the tape firmly around the hubs Loose tape may cause tape jamming and wavering sound quality Over a period of time the playback head capstan and pinch roller may col lect a tape coating residue as the tape is played This residue accumulation can cause weak or wavering sound and should be removed periodically with a head cleaning tape If the resi due is not removed periodically the player may need to be disassembled for cleaning Compact disc CD player Only use high quality 4 7 inches 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or extremely low Decrease or increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or covered with finger prints may not work properly 4 22 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems e The following CDs may
225. in winded aes ania de ENE EE wa 5 21 Battery erer esaerari airne aA dual 5 21 Draining of coolant water 0 0 cee eee 5 22 Tire egumen eri cee borers eare rania 5 22 Special winter equipment 0 5 22 Driving On SNOW OF ICE 1 eee 5 23 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 23 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals e Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the rear seatback and trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciousness or death 5 2 Starting and driving If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do
226. ing bolts are securely mounted Tire pressures When towing a trailer inflate the ve hicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturer s specifications Safety chains Always use suitable safety chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners Technical and consumer information 9 17 Trailer lights A CAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more that 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical sys tem See a reputable trailer dealer to ob tain the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact a NISSAN deal
227. ing jump started J always wear suitable eye protectors for XL l example goggles or indusirial safety a a Sp spectacles and remove rings metal A S bands or any other jewelry Do not lean AN i over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se S a k V A gt y rious injury ar e Your vehicle has an automatic engine s g cooling fan It could come on at any Goge Vehicle with A time Keep hands and other objects LIFT NN battery for away from it Cloth z booster a wo WCE0054 2 Apply the parking brake Move the shift lever AS WARNING to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Always follow the instructions below Park automatic transmission Switch off Failure to do so could result in damage to all unnecessary electrical systems lights the charging system and cause personal heater air conditioner etc injury 3 Remove vent caps on the battery if so 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle equipped Cover the battery with an old position the two vehicles to bring their bat cloth to reduce explosion hazard teries near each other f 4 Connect jumper cables in the sequence il Do not allow the two vehicles to touch lustrated In case of emergency 6 7 A CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift
228. ing phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phone book new entry dial three oh four two nine delete call back number 4 46 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems setup pair phone memo pad play eight pause nine three two pause seven delete all entries call seven two four zero nine phone book delete entry memo pad record dial star two one seven oh Yes No select ring tone dial eight five six nine two Bluetooth on setup change priority call three one nine oh two nine seven pause pause three oh eight Cancel call back number call star two zero nine five delete phone dial eight three zero five one Home four three pause two nine pause zero delete redial number phone book list names call eight oh five four one Correction setup change ring tone dial seven four oh one eight setup main menu Delete dial nine seven two six six memo pad delete call seven six three oh one go back call five six two eight zero dial six six four three seven Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 47 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved 1 Ensure that the command is valid See List of voice commands
229. io and phone systems 4 9 ENGINE OIL Driving Distance Reset Omics ml C mies 3730 7 500 Maintenance Schedule lt 4 Display Maintenance Notification a LHA0555 TIRE ROTATION ca Driving Distance Reset Cries 3750 7 500 Maintenance Schedule 4 gt Display Maintenance Notification 8 33 a LHA0556 MAINTENANCE NOTICE PIT Maintenance of the Following Item is Due Engine Oil LHA0483 To set the maintenance interval select the Maintenance Schedule key by using the joy stick and push the joystick to right or left To reset the maintenance interval select the Re set key using the joystick and push the EN TER button To display the MAINTENANCE INFORMATION automatically when set trip distance is reached select the Display Maintenance Notifica tion key and push the ENTER button 4 10 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems The MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen EN GINE OIL and TIRE ROTATION will be auto matically displayed as shown when both of the following conditions are met the vehicle is driven the set distance and the ignition key is turned OFF the ignition key is turned ON the next time the vehicle will be driving To return to th
230. ion e For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Automatic Transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product Manual Transmission e Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral After towing 500 miles 805 km start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neu tral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles 805 km of towing may cause damage to internal transmission parts 9 20 Technical and consumer information UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear Treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on tire wear rate when tested under controlled conditions on specified government test courses For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half 1 1 2 times as well on the govern ment course as a tire graded 100 However relative tire performance depends on actual driv ing conditions an
231. iority level determines which phone is active when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle Follow the instructions provided by the system or refer to Setup later in this section for more information on changing priorities 7 The system will ask if you would like to select a custom ring tone Follow the instruc tions provided by the system or refer to Setup later in this section for more infor mation on selecting ringtones Making a call by entering a phone number Main Menu Call Number speak digits Dial 1 Push the Ce tone will sound button on steering wheel A 2 Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say the number you wish to call For example 555 1212 can be said as five five five one two one two See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information 4 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and an nounces the available commands 5 Say Dial The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options see List of voice commands later in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the lt button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the a button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you h
232. ipped through the first track will be played When pushing the d4 or pp button for more than 1 5 seconds each track will play for about 10 seconds To stop playing push the pp button again CD select buttons To play another CD that has been loaded push a CD select button 1 6 REPEAT RPT When the PROG RPT play button is pushed while the compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed as follows ALL DISC RPT 1 DISC RPT 1 TRACK RPT ALL DISC RDM 1 DISC RDM ALL DISC RPT ALL DISC RPT All discs loaded will be repeated 1 DISC RPT The disc that is currently playing will be repeated 1 TRACK RPT The track that is currently playing will be repeated ALL DISC RDM Tracks from all discs will be played randomly 1 DISC RDM Tracks from the disc that is cur rently playing will be played randomly y N CD eject Current disc e Press the button The compact disc p will be ejected If the disc is not removed within 15 seconds the disc will reload Select a disc Press the slot number 1 6 for the desired disc then press the amp button The com pact disc will be ejected If the disc is not removed within 15 seconds the disc will reload All discs Press and hold the button for more than 1 5 seconds The compact discs will be ejected one by one If a disc is not removed within 15 seconds or the button is pressed again during the eject sequ
233. ire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS A CAUTION Tire chains cables cannot be installed on P245 45R18 size tires Installation of the tire chains cables on P245 45R18 size tires will cause damage to the vehicle If you plan to use tire chains cables you should install P225 55R17 size tires on your vehicle Use of tire chains may be
234. itch P 2 20 3 Replacing bulbs P 8 30 4 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 19 5 Windshield P 8 20 6 Sunroof if so equipped P 2 39 7 Power windows P 2 37 8 Door locks keyfob keys P 3 3 3 5 3 2 9 Mirrors P 3 16 10 Tire pressure P 9 11 11 Flat tire P 6 2 12 Tire chains P 8 41 13 Cornering light P 2 20 14 Fog light switch P 2 20 15 Tie down towing hooks P 6 11 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details 15 13 12 11 10 LI10002 Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR LI10003 0 4 Illustrated table of contents N 0 N 0 gi amp 9 10 Rear window defroster switch P 2 20 Rear sun shade if so equipped P 2 41 Interior trunk lid release P 3 11 Trunk lid P 3 9 Vehicle loading P 9 12 Tie down towing hook P 6 12 Replacing bulbs P 8 30 Fuel filler cap fuel recommendation P 3 12 P 9 3 Fuel filler door P 3 11 Child safety locks P 3 5 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details PASSENGER COMPARTMENT LIl0069 13 Glove box P 2 33 Automatic anti glare inside mirror P 3 16 Sun visors P 3 15 Interior lights illuminated entry P 2 42 P 2 20 Front seat P 1 2 Sunroof if so equipped P 2 39 Rear console P 2 35 Rear seat P 1 6 Rear cup holders P 2 32 F
235. k to see if the belt holds the restraint in place The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles If you must install a front facing child restraint in the front seat see Child restraint installation on front passenger seat later in this section e When your child restraint is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to pre vent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident A CAUTION Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION ON REAR SEAT CENTER 5 passenger models only OR OUTBOARD POSITIONS AWARNING e The three point seat belt in your vehicle is equipped with an automatic locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child restraint e Failure to use the retractor s locking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The re LRSO413 LRSO412 straint could tip over or otherwise be Font Facing center for 5 passenger mod unsecured and cause injury to the child a only pre 1
236. kg OU X SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE PLACES RECOMMENDED COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE PRESSION DE GONFLAGE RECOMMANDEE DES PNEUS FROIDS FRONT REAR XXX kPa XX psi XXX kPa XX psi ORIGINAL TIRE SIZE OH TAILLE DU PNEU D ORIGINE T PXXX XXRXX SPARE TIRE ROUE DE SECOURS TXXX XXRXX XX Ibs SEE OWNER S MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION POUR D AUTRES D TAILS SE REPORTER AU MANUEL DU CONDUCTEUR LDI0434 Type B Tire and loading information label for US Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that should be seated in the vehicle Vehicle load limit See loading infor mation in the Technical and con sumer information section Recommended cold tire inflation pressure Inflate the tires to this pres sure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recom mended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best bal ance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicles GVWR Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 Original tire size The size of the tires 3 Remove the gauge originally installed on the vehicle at the ti th ihe acto 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label 5 Add air to the
237. l malfunction The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank SERVICE After a few driving trips the exe light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control sys tem inspection maintenance test See Readi ness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways Malfunction indicator light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ise light should turn off after a few driving trips If the st light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Instruments and controls 2 13 Malfunction indicator light blinking An en gine misfire has been detected
238. lation 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself Front personal map lights Type A Use a cloth to protect the housing Front personal map lights Type B Use a cloth to protect the housing WDI0340 LDIO341 Vanity mirror light Step light Use a cloth to protect the housing Use a cloth to protect the housing WDI0342 Rear personal light Use a cloth to protect the housing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 LDIO397 Rear console box light Squeeze the tabs on the connector Pull out the bulb WDI0344 Ce A X WDI0343 High mounted stop light 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself Trunk light WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pres sure heading The Tire and Loading Infor mation label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while
239. le operation Initialization When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds When completed the amber light on the overhead console illumi nates and the system is ready to accept voice commands If the amp 4 button is pushed before the initialization completes the system will an nounce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly e Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition push and release the 4 4 button located on the steering wheel The light on the overhead console flashes to signal you have entered a voice recognition VR session After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted If you need to hear the available commands for the c
240. least 1 second When the seat has been already moved to the memorized position When no seat position is stored in the memory switch When the automatic transmission selector lever is moved from P Park to any other position 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments When the driver s door remains open more than 45 seconds and the ignition switch is not in the ON position The automatic drive positioner system can be adjusted and canceled See Personalized set tings menu vehicles without navigation system or Vehicle electronic systems vehicles with navigation system in the Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems sec tion of this manual 4 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Control panel buttons without navigation system 4 2 Manual operation 000c cece eee eee Names of compone Sker case2i acer etoimaeaes 4 3 OperatingitiIpSis rrgs carers tenevim ass vam esie dy How to use JOYSTICK and ENTER button 4 3 Servicing air conditioner 00 0e eee How to use BACK button 55250 4 3 Audio SYStM 242 arren anenee eeii Ea How to use TRIP button 0 0 cece eee 4 3 Radin niea dobar acr ed dela rea How to use FUEL ECON button 4 4 FM radio reception 0000cc cece eee eee CloCk ei cicoxdvcheiga biodebantesiaeaweneein 4 4 AM radio reception 00000
241. ler correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel consumption or engine 9 4 Technical and consumer information damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is nota cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load A CAUTION e Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 385 fuel Using E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 85 fuel can damage fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e E 85 is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region API certification mark API service symbol WT10082 ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose engine oil with the cor rect quality and viscosity to ensure satisfactory engine life and performa
242. less or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery sur faces and always drive carefully If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not stan dard equipment or are extremely dete riorated the traction control system may not operate properly and the OFF indicator light may come on Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs and bushings are not standard equipment or are ex tremely deteriorated the traction con trol system may not operate properly and the orf indicator light may come on Starting and driving 5 19 When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the traction conirol system may not op erate properly and the oF indicator light may come on Do not drive on these types of roads e If wheels or tires other than the recom mended ones are used the traction control system may not operate prop erly and the GFF indicator light may come on e The traction control system is not a sub stitute for winter tires or tire chains ona snow covered road 5 20 Starting and driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM if so equipped When accelerating or driving on slippery sur faces the tires may spin or slide With the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system sensors detect these mov
243. light will stay on for approximately 5 sec onds Ifthe battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the memory will be canceled In such a case reset the desired positions using the following procedures 1 Open and close the driver s door more than two times with the ignition key in the LOCK position 2 Reset the desired position using the previ ous procedure Selecting the memorized position For vehicles equipped with automatic transmis sion set the selector lever to the P Park posi tion For vehicles equipped with manual transmission place the shift lever in the N Neutral position and set the parking brake Then Within 45 seconds of opening the driver s door push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second or Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The driver s seat accelerator and brake pedals and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position with the indicator light blinking and then the light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds ENTRY EXIT FUNCTION for automatic transmission model This system is designed so that the driver s seat and steering column will automatically move when the automatic transmission selector lever is in the P Park position This allows the driver to get into and out of the driver s seat more easily This feature is not available on manual transmis sion model
244. low these steps 1 Move the seat to the rear most position 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If neces sary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing 6 Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the Three point seat belt with retractor earlier in
245. lso do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such ob jects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the supplemen tal front air bag inflates Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system e Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under t
246. lways secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving e Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops Avoid sharp turns or lane changes e Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed Some states or provinces have spe cific speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so and if your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic transmission first block the wheels and apply the parking brake and then move the transmission shift selector lever into the P Park position If you move the shift selector lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could occur When going down a hill shift into a lower gear and use the engine braking effect When going up a long grade downshift the transmission to a lower gear and reduce speed to reduce chances of engine over loading and or overheating If the engine coolant rises to an extremely high temperature when the air conditioner system is on turn off the air conditioner Coolant heat can be additionall
247. m to remove Remove the wiper blade 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until it clicks into place ACAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened e Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE PEDAL WDI0337 Be careful not to let anything get into the washer nozzle A This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If something gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or smal pin LDI0326 WDI0229 CHECKING PARKING BRAKE From the released position pull the parking brake lever up slowly and firmly If the number of clicks is out of the range listed see a NISSAN dealer 7 8 clicks under pulling force of 44 Ib 196 N CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL With the engine running check the distance A between the upper surface of the pedal and the metal floor If it is out of the range shown see a NISSAN dealer Distance A Under depression force of 110 Ib 490 N Automatic Manual Transmission Transmission 3 55 in 90 3 mm 3 31 in 84 mm or more or more Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front and rear disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake ped
248. miles per hour MPH and kilometers per hour km h Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed when the ignition key is in the ON position 2 4 Instruments and controls The odometer records the total distance the ve hicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips Changing the display Pushing the change button changes the display as follows Trip_A gt Trip B _ TripLA Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the change button for more than 1 sec ond resets the trip odometer to zero Elapsed time driving distance and average speed information is also available Refer to Control panel buttons in the Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems section later in this manual a LICO383 lt i LICO384 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute rpm Do not rev engine into the red zone 1 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range 2 when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with t
249. mming To activate the garage door or other pro grammed device press and hold the pro grammed HomeLink button releasing when the device begins to activate 5 Ifthe indicator light on the HomeLink blinks rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed with the next steps to train the HomeLink to complete the programming which may require a ladder and another per son for convenience 6 Press and release the smart or learn pro gram button located on the garage door opener s motor to activate the training mode This button is usually located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the motor If the wire originates from under a light lens you will need to remove the lens to access the program button 2 46 Instruments and controls NOTE Once you have pressed and released the program button on the garage door open er s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 Use the help of a second person for conve nience to assist when performing this step 7 Within 30 seconds of pressing and releas ing the garage door opener program button quickly and firmly press and release the HomeLink button you ve just programmed Press and release the HomeLink button up to 3 times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be pro grammed To p
250. mpened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemen tal restraint system section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Appearance and care 7 5 Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air
251. n Menu Setup Pair Phone New Phone Initiate from handset Name phone Assign priority Choose ringtone 1 Push the amp button on the steering wheel The system announces the available commands 2 Say Setup The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say Pair phone The system acknowl edges the command and announces the next set of available commands Say New phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate pairing from the phone handset The pairing procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone manufacturer See the cellular phone Own er s Manual for details You can also visit www nissan usa com bluetooth for instruc tions on pairing NISSAN recommended cel lular phones When prompted for a PIN code enter 1234 from the handset The PIN code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is paired and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 39 6 The system asks you to assign a priority level The pr
252. n each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will en sure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control GEAR MPH km h 1st 38 62 2nd 62 101 3rd 87 141 4th 5th 6th 5 12 Starting and driving PARKING BRAKE AWARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident e Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle e Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an accident LSD0074 To engage Pull the lever up To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the N Neutral position Automatic transmission models Move the shift selector lever to the P Park position 3 While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button and lower com pletely 4 Before driving be su
253. n key is in the ACC or ON position For bulb replacement procedures refer to Exte rior and interior lights in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and se curity systems Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s battery is discharged or is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming Once the HomeLink Universal Transceiver is programmed retain the original trans mitter for future programming procedures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Program ming HomeLink later in this section AWARNING e Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and re verse features as required by federal safety standards These standards be came effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A ga rage door opener which cannot detect an object in the pa
254. n the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced e Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING e The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these ef fects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury e If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or
255. n the button will come on The air recirculation cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode Fresh air Push the button to draw outside air into the passenger compartment The indicator light on the button will come on Automatic intake air control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be con trolled automatically To manually control the in take air push the air recirculate or fresh air but ton To return to the automatic control mode push the same button for about 2 seconds The indicator lights both air recirculate and fresh air buttons will flash twice and then the intake air will be controlled automatically Air flow control Pushing the MODE manual air flow control but ton selects the air outlet to gt e 7 Air flows from center and side N ventilators 4 Air flows from center and side R ventilators and foot outlets 7 Air flows mainly from foot outlets a Air flows from defroster outlets and foot outlets To turn system off Turn and hold the fan speed control dial all the way to the left 0 until the system turns off OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant tempera ture warms up air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally
256. n this section Also there are other types of child restraints available for larger children for additional protec tion NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem Air bag system for the front passen ger See Supplemental restraint system later in this section Infants Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use Small Children Children that are over one year old and weigh between 20 Ibs 9 kg and 40 Ibs 18 kgs can be placed in a forward facing child restraint Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for i
257. nce NISSAN recom mends the use of a low friction oil energy con serving oil in order to improve fuel economy and conserve energy Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Only those engine oils with the American Petro leum Institute API CERTIFICATION MARK on the front of the container should be used This type of oil supersedes the existing API SG SH or SJ and Energy Conserving II categories If you cannot find engine oil with the API CERTI FICATION MARK use API grade SL Energy Conserving oil An oil with a single designation SL or in combination with other categories for example SL CF may also be used if one with the API CERTIFICATION MARK cannot be found An ILSAC grade GF III oil can also be used NISSAN recommends mineral based oils These oils must however meet the API quality and SAE viscosity ratings specified for your vehicle Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change The char
258. nce the display mode is selected press the tune knob to store your selection If the tuning knob is not pressed after 8 seconds the display will re fresh with the last selected display mode setting Track title mode displays the title of the se lected CD track e Disc title mode displays the title of the CD being played Track number mode displays the number selected disc and the track that is currently being played on the disc Display satellite radio text To change the text displayed while listening to satellite radio press the AUDIO knob until Dis play Mode appears Turn the Tuning knob within 2 seconds The text will change as follows Channel number Channel name Artist Title Channel number Pause mute button if so equipped To mute or pause the audio sound push the PAUSE MUTE button To release the mute or pause push the button again FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM SAT radio select Pushing the FM AM or SAT radio select button will change the band as follows AM FM or SAT Satellite When FM AM or SAT radio select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the ON OFF Volume control knob is depressed to ON No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT button is pressed unless optional satellite receiver and
259. nd passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 150 650 Ibs or 640 340 5 70 300 kg 9 14 Technical and consumer information 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this re duces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm the you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of Weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading label LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S certification label e Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AWARNING e Properly secure
260. nd yourself 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat e NISSAN recommends that the child re straint be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat e An improperly installed child restraint could lead to serious injury or death in an accident In general child restraints are designed to be installed with the lap portion of a lap shoulder seat belt In addition this vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint lower anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system Some child re straints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to these lower anchors For details see the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem later in this section Child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes are offered by several manufactur ers When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle
261. nded levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concen trate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Any corrosion should be washed off with a solu tion of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened lf the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge AWARNING e Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas gener ated by the battery is explosive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention e Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce bat tery life and in some cases lead to an explosion Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 e When working on or near a battery al ways wear Suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related ac 4 cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling e Keep battery out of the re
262. not be used on the side air bag or cur tain air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Pre tensioner seat belt system Front seats AWARNING e The pre tensioner seat belt cannot be reused after activation It must be re placed together with the retractor and buckle as a unit If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but the pre tensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if nec essary replaced by your NISSAN dealer No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pre tensioner seat belt system This is to prevent accidental activation of the pre tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre tensioner seat belt operation Tampering with the pre tensioner seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury e Work around and on the pre tensioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pre tensioner seat belt system e If you need to dispose of the pre
263. not work prop erly e Copy control compact discs CCCD e Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges 10 1 2 3 4 11 12 faa SEEK pi PAUSE aa E be Baas p 13 FM am cD PRESET 5 1 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 10 11 pee 16 WHAO604 oo Type A SEEK APS REW APS FF TRACK 5 change button 6 TUNE REW FF button 7 PAUSE MUTE button 8 PROG RPT button 9 ON OFF VOLUME control knob PRESET A B C select button Station select buttons 1 6 FM band select button AM band select button Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 23 14 TAPE gt 15 p 6 16 CD play button TAPE play side select button Tuning and AUDIO control knob BASS TREBLE FADE and BAL ANCE CD insert slot CD eject button Cassette tape insert slot Cassette tape eject button 2 i 4 1 SEEK TRACK TUNE REW FF faa p pi SE FM AM cD TAPEo SAT GLa lle Tle le Tle Le 5 a 12 6 7 8 9 10 11 O T I 13
264. nsmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before attempting to move the shift selector lever out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift selector lever into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion The automatic transmission is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift selector lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition key is turned to the LOCK OFF or ACC position or if the key is removed Starting and driving 5 7 3 2 D VU lez a LSD0071 Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift selector lever out of the P Park position A WARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the key is
265. nsmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio system 4 20 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range is normally limited to 25 30 miles 40 48 km with monaural single chan nel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM si
266. nstal lation and use Larger children Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 feet 9 inches 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 Ibs 18 kg and 80 Ibs 36 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoul der belt in the child s seating position fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle por Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 tion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Fed eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden sto
267. nt systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection pro vided by the driver and front passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occu pant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finish ers See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 Sit upright and well back WRS0031 A WARNING e The supplemental front air bags ordi narily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity frontal collision Also the front passenger air bag will not in flate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger s seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this sec tion Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The seat belts and the supplemental front air bags are most effecti
268. ntrol system is not operating Push the traction control off switch again or re start the engine and the system will operate nor mally See Traction control system TCS in the Starting and driving section of this manual The traction control light also comes on when you turn the ignition key to the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the traction control system TCS is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the SLIP indica tor light while you are driving have the traction control system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the traction control system is operating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerat ing but this is normal a Turn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on This indicator light comes on when the vehicle dynamic control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates the vehicle dynamic control system is not operating Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light if so equipped Push the vehicle dynamic control off switch again or restart the engine and the system will operate normally See Vehicle dynamic control VDC system in the Starting and driving section of this manual The vehicle dynamic control light also comes on when you turn the igni
269. ntrols 2 39 To close the roof slide the switch to the CLOSE position The position of the sliding roof lid can be chosen by the position of the sliding switch To fully open or close the roof completely move the switch to the open or closed position Tilting the sunroof To tilt the sunroof up push the tilt switch to the UP position When the roof is open it will automatically close and then tilt up To tilt the sunroof down push the tilt switch to the DOWN position Restarting the sunroof sliding switch The sliding switch will become inoperable after the battery terminal is disconnected the electri cal supply interrupted and or some abnormality detected Use the following reset procedure to return sunroof operation to normal 1 If the sunroof lid is open push the tilting switch repeatedly toward the DOWN posi tion to fully close the lid 2 Finally push and hold the tilting switch for more than 2 seconds toward the DOWN position to reestablish the lid s home posi tion The sunroof should now operate normally 2 40 Instruments and controls Auto reverse function when closing or tilting down the sunroof The auto reverse function can be activated when the sunroof is closed or tilted down by automatic operation when the ignition key is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto re
270. o it yourself 8 25 KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT LDI0484 Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows Open the lid using a coin Remove the battery Install a new battery with the facing down 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent Close the lid securely 5 Press the button then the a button two or three times to check the key fob operation If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 e An improperly disposed battery can hurt the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant how ever if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry e The operational range of the keyfob extends to approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle This range may vary with conditions FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause undes ired operation of the device LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS Replacing the xenon headlight bulb A WARNING ZANHIGH VOLT
271. obile or Other For example say Home The system acknowledges the location and asks for a number For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers choose Store The system confirms the name location and number The system then asks if you would like to store another location for the same name If you do not wish to store another location the system ends the VR session Edit Use the Edit command to alter an existing phone book entry or to add a 2nd 3rd or 4th phone number to an existing entry When prompted by the system say the name of the entry you wish to edit The system acknowledges the name and asks you for the location you would like to edit Say the name of the location The system ac knowledges and asks you for the phone number you would like to store with this location See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers choose Store The system confirms the name location and number then announces that the entry has been stored The system then ends the VR session Delete Use the Delete command to erase one entry from the phone book all entries fr
272. ock opener lever 3 11 FUEL ECON button s s aba g 6 sa as 4 4 4 9 Fuel Econ button Control panel buttons s s sa 4 4 4 9 FUSES sis iioi Se vege Ho aa a a oe aA 8 22 Fusible links sc o coss caora raa anaa 8 24 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 ee ee ee 2 44 GaSiCape ns aon sik a be dao Ha ang aed 3 11 Gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Fuel gauge 222625 0s ee Reaves 2 6 OdOMGter sc 6 4 a ee wee ey aS 2 4 Speedometer 005 2 4 Tachometer 2 2 0 0 a 2 5 Trip odometer 2 cs 4 ae a eo 2 4 General maintenance 8 2 Glove Dox s s eee A ee ee GS 2 33 Glove boxilock sra na ee ee 2 33 Grocery hooks 0004 2 36 H Hazard warning flasher switch 2 25 Head restraints 2 0 20 0 0004 1 8 Active head restraint 1 9 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 20 Headlight control switch 2 21 Heated seats 0 0 000000 008 2 26 Heated steering wheel 2 27 Heater Heater operation 00 4 19 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 44 Hood release 2 ee ee 3 9 HOT os os Pa a aa eo Dee Vala 2 26 I Ignition switch s s ep iene ani ag eee 5 4 Immobilizer system osanaan 2 17 3 2 5 5 Important vehicle information label 9 10 In cabin microfilter 2 0004 8 17 Increasing fueleconomy 5 15 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indic
273. odels TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT AWARNING Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses LRSO296 4 passenger models e After removing a rear seat head re straint for top tether installation store it securely to prevent it from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident Always replace it and adjust properly when top tether is no longer in use If your child restraint has a top tether strap it must be secured to the anchor point provided behind its position First secure the child restraint with the rear seat belt or the LATCH system outboard positions as applicable Remove the head restraint from the seat back Store it in a secure place Flip up the anchor cover for the anchor point which is located di rectly behind the child seat Position the top tether strap over the top of the seat back and secure it to the tether anchor bracket that pro vides the straightest installation Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s in structions to remove any slack For best child restraint fit see the child restraint installation instructions in this section and the child restraint manufacturer s instructions Anchor point locations Anchor points are located on t
274. oing so could impair active head restraint function The head restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback receives from the occu pant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occupant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whip lash type injuries Active head restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active head restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original positions Properly adjust the active head restraints as de scribed earlier in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 SEAT BELTS eee o a i a f Hi Sit upright and well back i f Ce i Za SS0136 PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position in cludes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territ
275. ol Auto re lock time This key allows you to set the length of time before doors auto re lock Sensitivity of automatic headlights This key allows you to set the sensitivity of the automatic headlights e Lower less sensitive automatic headlights will take longer to come on when the head light sensor senses less ambient light Higher more sensitive automatic head lights will come on quicker when the head light sensor senses less ambient light Automatic headlights off delay This key allows you to set the length of time before the automatic headlights turn off after exiting the vehicle Speed dependent wiper This key allows you to turn on or turn off the driving speed dependent intermittent wiper func tion Return all settings to default When this key is selected and turned on using the ENTER button all settings made by VE HICLE ELECTRONICS will return to the default settings Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 13 E SYSTEM SETTINGS Language Unit Glock Beep Setting LHA0561 CLOCK SETTINGS 4 gt Minutes Auto Adjust GPS Time 06 25 Daylight Saving Time Select Time Zone i Pacific LHA0562 E CLOCK SETTINGS Hours 4 gt os 25 Minutes 4 gt Auto Adjust GPS Time 06 25 S
276. om the phone book the current redial number or the current call back number To delete entries from the phone book say a name or All entries when prompted by the sys tem The system acknowledges the command and asks you to confirm the deletion To delete the current redial number or call back number say redial number or call back num ber when prompted by the system If a redial number or a call back number exists the system deletes them without asking for confirma tion If there is no number for the entry you are trying to delete the system says so and ends the VR session List names Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system ends the VR session You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the MQPE button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Memo pad Main Menu Memo Pad Record Play Delete The Memo Pad records a maximum of 3 voice memos each up to 20 seconds long Record The system announces Recording and a tone sounds signaling you to begin Speak the information you wish to record clearly When you are done press the or MORE button on the steering wheel A tone sounds and the system announces
277. on the steering wheel POWER on off switch With the ignition key turned to the ACC or ON position push the POWER switch to turn the audio system on or off ON MODE select switch Push the mode select switch to change the mode in the following sequence Preset A Preset B Preset C TAPE and CD Volume control switch Push the volume control switch up or down to increase or decrease the volume Tuning Memory change radio Push the tuning switch or _ forless than 1 5 seconds to change presets Seek tuning radio Push the tuning switch or N for more than 1 5 seconds to seek the next or previ ous radio station FF REW tape and CD Push the tuning switch or 4N forless 1 5 seconds to return to the beginning of the present program or skip to the next program Push several times to skip back or skip through programs The automatic program search searches for the blank intervals between selections on cassette tapes If there is a blank interval within a program or there is no interval between programs the system may not stop in the desired or expected location When playing a tape push the tuning switch W or amp _ for more than 1 5 seconds to rewind or fast forward the tape To stop the FF or REW function press the W or button for less than 1 5 seconds again Change disc CD if so equipped Push the tuning switch or 4N for more than 1 5 seconds to change t
278. oncerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when the battery is discharged the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the keyfob Do not allow the keyfob to become wet e Do not drop the keyfob e Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object e Do not place the keyfob for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN rec ommends erasing the ID code of that key fob This will prevent the keyfob from un authorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure please contact a NISSAN dealer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 M q LPD0209 HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors 1 Close all windows 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Close the hood trunk lid and all doors 4 Push the button on the keyfob All the doors lock The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a re minder that the doors are alread
279. oper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best
280. orage function cece eee 3 19 Entry exit function for automatic transmission model 3 21 System operation ieder enron veined Weise baie 3 22 KEYS 3 WPDO128 1 Two master keys black with transpon der chip and chrome NISSAN brand symbol on one side 2 Valet key black with transponder chip 3 Key number plate 4 Transponder chip A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master or valet keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks The valet key cannot be used for the glove box lock or rear seatback lock To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the valet key only Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys
281. ories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Sit upright and weil back SSS0134 SSS0016 AWARNING AWARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this The seat belt should be properly ad vehicle should use a seat belt at all justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may times Children should be properly re reduce the effectiveness of the entire strained in the rear seat and if appro restraint system and increase the priate in a child restraint chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 SS0014 AWARNING e Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder e Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carr
282. ormu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage Technical and consumer information 9 3 Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dea
283. ory operations 18 stations can be set for the FM AM and SAT radio to the A B and C preset button 1 Choose preset channel A B or C using the preset select button 2 Select the station band that you would like to preset either AM FM or SAT 3 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Push and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 4 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Radio data system RDS if so equipped RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band and or SAT radio encoded within a regular radio broad cast Currently most RDS stations are in large cities but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 Station name such as The Groove Music or programming type such as Clas sical Country or Rock If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed Program type PTY PTY can be used to search for a certain program type Certain a
284. ouble adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the outlet STORAGE LICO804 LICOO16 LICO399 MAP POCKETS SEATBACK POCKETS The seatback pockets are located on the back of the driver s and passenger s seats The pockets can be used to store maps SUNGLASSES HOLDER To open the sunglasses holder push and release AWARNING e The sunglasses holder should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident Instruments and controls 2 31 A CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than sunglasses e Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses 2 32 Instruments and controls S ie LICO400 Front CUP HOLDERS AWARNING The cup holder should not be
285. ourself 8 33 8 34 Increase the cold tire inflation pressure as indicated in Check ing tire pressure later in this sec tion when using the tires speci fied by NISSAN above 100 MPH 162 km h where it is legal to do so on a race track for example Failure to increase the cold tire inflation pressure may result in tire failure loss of control and possible injury After such use readjust tire pressure Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH 137 km h unless it is equipped with high speed rated tires Driving faster than 85 MPH 137 km h may result in tire fail ure loss of control and possible injury For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 2 a TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT ORIGINAL TRE SIZE ALF DJ PNEJ ICRIG NE COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE 5 Si AING SAPAG Y NGMRR DI PASIS The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs Le poids combin d occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exceder XX kg ou XX Ibs VITI7 PLT ses OWNERS VANJA PRESSIO JE GOh _AGE DES YES RO DS IKUNI P XXX XX R XX AVANT XXX kPa XX PSI A HRAD IONA NEORMATION 20 2 C ALTRIS C XXX kPa XX PSI f SE REPORTER TALS ROLE COMPAD J
286. oystick to left or right To automatically display the Maintenance menu ENGINE OIL and TIRE ROTATION when the vehicle is driven the set distance turn ON the service alert key To turn the service alert key ON refer to How to use the setting button in this section When the vehicle is driven the set distance the MAINTENANCE screen will be automatically dis played and the Maintenance menu ENGINE OIL and TIRE ROTATION will blink To return to the previous display after the MAIN TENANCE NOTICE message is displayed push the PREV button The MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen displays each time the ignition key is turned ON until one of the following conditions are met e want button or TRIP RESET button is pushed e Service alert key is set OFF the maintenance interval is set again HOW TO USE THE SETTING BUTTON Pushing the SETTING button will change the settings menu as follows DISPLAY ON OFF LANGUAGE BEEP SET SERVICE ALERT PERSONALIZED SETTINGS MENU Display ON OFF To turn off the screen select the OFF key of the Display ON OFF using the joystick The screen will change to CONFIRM DISPLAY OFF YES or NO If YES key is selected using the joystick the screen will turn off after a 2 beep sound and approximately 1 second To turn on the screen push the SETTING trip control air conditioner except rear window de fo
287. p PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as pos sible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries e For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRSO174 Manual front seat shown Fastening the seat belts Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section WRSO137 WRS0138 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until
288. parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds If the tires are used at speeds above 100 mph 162 km h where it is legal to do so on a race track for example the cold tire inflation pressure must be increased Re fer to Checking tire pressure later in this section Set the tire pressure to the normal cold tire inflation pressure when the vehicle speed or load is reduced Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AWARNING e Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident e The Gross Maximum Weight rat ing is located on the FMVSS la bel The vehicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Load ing Information label if so equipped Do not load your ve hicle beyond this capacity Over loading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operat ing conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable han dling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified ca pacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components e Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level Maintenance and do it y
289. parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authoriz ing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help pro tect you so you can take action to protect your self It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissanusa com 10 Index A Active head restraint 0 0 1 9 Air bag See supplemental restraint Syst M sexy eae Ga ARR eA we 1 35 Air bag system Front See supplemental front impact airbag system 0 1 42 Air bag warning light 2 2 00 1 50 2 12 Air cleaner housing filter 8 16 Air conditioner Air conditioner service 4 20 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 9 6 Servicing air conditioner 4 20 Alarm system See vehicle security system 2 15 Anchor point locations 1 27 ANTONNA sekaa gp Bo fe ae kc 4 33 Anti lock brake system ABS 5 18 Anti lock brake warning light 2 10 AMMICStS sia ed Be kha dee AA ee 7 Audible reminders 4 2 15 Audio system s soc poo osos eaa 4 20 AM FM radio with cassette player 4 28 Cassette player sa ee ceda 4 28 Compact Disc CD changer 4 30 Compact disc CD player 4 29 FM AM SAT radio with cassette player and comp
290. plemental front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause irritation and chok ing Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and pas senger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The supplemental front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The supplemental front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON or START position After turning the ignition key to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the s
291. prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are de signed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tires Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the pos sibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and perfor mance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to
292. r Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 22 29 ft Ib 29 39 N m Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 7 Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the Technical and con sumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine Start the engine Check for leakage around the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re quired Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0495 CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off 3 Place alarge drain pan under the oil filter 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand ACAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on
293. r flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION e Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warming it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering maneuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any ve hicle loss of control could result in a colli sion with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the ve
294. r belt height adjustment 1 16 Three point type with retractor 1 14 Seat belt warning light 2 12 Seatback pockets 00 2 31 Seats Adjustments 0 2 04462444949 gk 1 2 Automatic drive positioner 3 19 Front seats s cacc cee ee A ee 1 2 Heated seats 0000 2 26 Manual front seat adjustment 1 2 Rear seata csc cae av ee ee tee a ee 1 6 Security system NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system engine start 9 17 3 2 5 5 Self adjusting brakes 0 0 8 22 Service manual order form 9 23 Servicing air conditioner 4 20 Setting button SETTING button e s a 2 a5 a aed 4 5 4 11 Shift lock release 2 5 10 Shifting Automatic transmission 5 8 Manual transmission 5 11 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 16 Spark plug replacement 8 16 Speedometer 0 0000 2 4 SRS warning label 0000 1 49 Starting Before starting the engine 5 6 Jump starting 2 0 0 00 000 6 6 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push statting 2333 2 ab week ara 6 8 Starting the engine 5 6 Startup Screen Control panel buttons 4 8 Startup screen display 4 8 Steering Heated steering wheel 2 27 Power steering fluid 8 11 Power steering system 5 17 Steering wheel audio control switch
295. rake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing wheel lockup the system helps the driver main tain steering control and helps to minimize swerv ing and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down AWARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Normal operation The anti lock brake system does not operate at speeds below 3 6 MPH 5 10 km h The speeds vary according to road conditions When driving the anti lock brake system con trols the wheels so they will not lock when brak 5 18 Starting and driving ing abruptly or when braking on a slippery road Thus difficult steering and swerving of the ve hicle due to locked wheels is minimized The system detects the wheel rotation rate and elec tronically controls the pressure applied to each brake Slight vibration on the brake pedal accom panied by noise usually occurs while the ABS system is operating Such vibration and noise encountered during abrupt braking is not a prob lem but indicates that the system is functioning properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving Self test feature The anti lock brake system consists of electronic sensors and hydraulic solenoids controlled by a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each t
296. rature control button up or down to set the desired temperature 4 18 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also con trolled automatically Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the sys tem may not work properly Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Push the 7 defroster button on The in dicator light on the button will come on Push the temperature control button up or down to set the desired temperature To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows set the fan speed to maximum As soon as possible after the windshield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the automatic mode When the front defroster button is pushed the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C The air recirculate mode auto matically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control Push the fan control button control the fan speed to manually Push the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Push the air recirculation button to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light o
297. re driving checks and adjustments Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Airbags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 EXIGnOrtOntis cincivan aniseed aved ia hile Bh epee dae 0 3 Exterior Teatteri siene NEE REN an EE EREN 0 4 Passenger compartment ccc e eee eee eee 0 5 Instrument panel Engine compartment check locations Warning indicator lights AIRBAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS AA a an e aan v N A Pe Fish N YA RAY O Q 79 1 a A LII0065 0 2 Illustrated table of contents ao j fFONs gt alo 11 12 Top tether strap anchor P 1 26 Rear head restraint P 1 8 Rear seat belts P 1 10 Supplemental curtain side impact air bag P 1 35 Supplemental side impact air bags P 1 35 Front head restraint P 1 8 P 1 9 Front seat belts P 1 10 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 35 Seats P 1 2 Occupant classification sensor pressure sensor P 1 42 Seat belt pretensioners P 1 48 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren P 1 25 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details EXTERIOR FRONT 1 Engine hood P 3 9 2 Headlight and turn signal sw
298. re driving checks and adjustments 3 13 AWARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driv er s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments WPD0234 MANUAL OPERATION Tilt operation Pull the lock lever forward and adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired position Push the lock lever back to lock the steering wheel in place AWARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Telescopic operation Push the lock lever down and adjust the steering wheel forward or backward to the desired position Pull the lock lever up firmly to lock the steering wheel in place AWARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driv er s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater
299. re the brake warning light goes out CRUISE CONTROL if so equipped t y i 3 CANCEL mo ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch CANCEL switch 4 ON OFF switch PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL Ifthe cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light in the instrument panel then blinks to warn the driver e f the SET indicator light blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer LSDO152 ON gt The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel To properly set the cruise control system use the following pro cedures AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed e On winding or hilly roads e On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 MPH 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the main switch The CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment panel comes on
300. re warning light 2 11 Engine oil viscosity 9 5 Engine serialnumber 9 10 Engine specifications 9 7 Starting the engine anaa anaa 5 6 English Metric button 4 4 4 14 Control panel buttons 4 4 4 14 ENTER button 4 2 4 3 4 7 Enter button Control panel buttons 4 2 4 3 4 7 Event datarecorders 9 23 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Eyeglass cases g i2 bs aa Pee oe eld 2 31 F Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 25 Flat tire es ye de eed eee a Rd aes 6 2 Floor mat positioningaid 7 5 Fluid Brake fluid a aoi oa ee ee ee 8 12 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants lt soda e a w m 9 2 Cluteh fluid esaa wade ea ea A 8 12 Engine coolants ess kan ee a 8 7 EMQING OM s aor too ete a e E oE a 8 8 Power steering fluid 8 11 Window washer fluid 8 13 F M V S S certification label 2 2 9 10 Fog light sWitch s iii ks ee don ad 2 24 Folding rear Seat s o ooet t accis ecas a 1 6 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 42 Frontseatg 0 64 sa o a eee Eee woe 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 2 004 9 2 FueLeCONOMY s sice Ge Sa eae a 5 15 Fuel ga ge sodriai kamanda 2 6 Fuel octane rating 9 4 Fuel recommendation 9 3 Fuel filler doorandcap 3 11 Fuel filler door l
301. reas have a limited number of stations that transmit RDS Many stations trans mit call letters and frequencies only Searching or scanning by program type may yield a limited number of selections When PROG RPT button is pressed for more than 1 5 seconds during FM or SAT mode the PTY name of the current tuned station is dis played During this time if the PTY data code is zero or the data is unreadable the display will show NONE To change the PTY 1 Press the PROG RPT button ADULT HITS gt ANY gt CLASSICAL 4t t TRAFFIC COUNTRY t t TOP 40 JAZZ 4 OC t TALK ta NEWS t t SPORTS OLDIES vt t ROCK PUBLIC jt ___f LHA0275 2 Press the TUNE button 44 or PP to chose a specific program type Refer to the illustration The display will show SEEK SCAN Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 27 SEEK tuning 3 After selecting a program type push the SEEK button 1 or PI for less than 1 5 seconds within 10 seconds Tuning to the PTY station will start If you do not push the SEEK button within the 10 second pe riod the PTY mode will be canceled SCAN tuning 4 Push the or PI button for more than 1 5 seconds to scan the PTY name stations and stop at each broadcasting sta tion for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that st
302. red to your vehicle s system the system an nounces the name the phone is already using The pairing procedure will then be cancelled When prompted by the system choose from the following commands New phone Refer to Pairing a phone earlier in this section Replace phone The system announces the names of the phones already paired and asks which you would like to replace 4 44 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems Once you say the name of the phone you wish to replace the pairing procedure will begin Refer to Pairing procedure earlier in this section List phone See the description below List phone Use the List Phone command to hear the names of the phones currently paired If no phones are paired the system announces No paired phones to list The system then ends the VR session Select phone Use the Select Phone command to select a phone of lesser priority when two or more phones paired with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem are in the vehicle at the same time The system asks you to name the phone and confirm the selection Once the selection is confirmed the selected phone remains active until the ignition switch is turned OFF or you select a new phone Change priority Use the Change Priority command to change the priority level of the active phone The priority level determines which phone is
303. rewind or PP fast forward again or press the TAPE button raa gt APS Automatic Program Search REW APS FF When the lt q APS REW button is pushed once for less than 1 5 seconds while a tape is playing the program being played will start over from the beginning Push the lt q lt q APS REW button several times to skip back several selections The tape will go back the number of times the button is pushed When the p APS FF button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while a tape is playing the next program will start to play from the begin ning Push the pp APS FF button several times to skip through programs The tape will advance the number of times the button is pushed up to 9 programs Either the REW or FF symbol flashes on the display window while searching for the selection When pushing the q lt q APS REW gt p APS FF button for more than 1 5 seconds each program will play for about 10 seconds To stop playing push the p but ton again This system searches for the blank intervals be tween selections If there is a blank interval within a program or there is no interval between pro grams the system may not stop in the desired or expected location REPEAT RPT When the PROG RPT play button is pushed while the tape is played the tape program play is repeated To stop the repeat play push the PROG RPT play button again Metal or chrome tape usage The cassette player
304. riously injured in a collision or a sud den stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth e Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 CHILD RESTRAINTS ARS1098 WRS0256 PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS AWARNING Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint can re sult in serious injury or death AWARNING Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child a
305. rogram the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to clear all previously programmed HomeLink buttons If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HOMELINK FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 sec onds To program your hand held transmitter to HomeLink continue to press and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 4 under Pro gramming HomeLink while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitters every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful programming NOTE When programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device dur ing the cycling process to prevent pos sible damage to the garage door opener components OPERATING THE HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver once pro grammed may now be used to activate the ga rage door etc To operate simply press the ap propriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn t
306. rom corrosion 7 6 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged
307. ront console P 2 34 Front cup holders P 2 32 Park brake parking on hills P 5 12 P 5 16 HomeLink P 2 44 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 201 18 16 15 1 WIC0910 0 6 Illustrated table of contents Headlight fog light turn signal switch P 2 20 Meters and gauges P 2 3 Windshield wiper washer switch P 2 19 Center and side ventilators P 4 16 Security indicator light P 2 15 Display screen Navigation system P 4 2 P 4 7 Passenger air bag status light P 1 44 Audio system controls P 4 20 Climate controls P 4 17 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 35 Glove box P 2 33 Power outlet P 2 29 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 25 Cruise control main set switches P 2 25 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 35 P 2 26 Tilt telescopic steering wheel controls P 3 13 Steering wheel switch for audio control and Bluetooth hands free phone system P 4 33 4 35 18 19 20 21 22 Traction control system TCS off switch if so equipped P 2 28 Heated steering wheel switch if so equipped P 2 27 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch if so equipped P 2 28 Outside mirror controls P 3 17 Instrument brightness control P 2 24 Heated seat switches if so equipped P 2 26 Rear sunshade switch if so
308. rting and driving section of this manual CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light The light comes on when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational Cruise set switch indicator light The light comes on while the vehicle speed is con trolled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Be Front passenger air ba at p g g status light The front passenger air bag status light X2 will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light operation see Front passenger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual Ee High beam indicator light Blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated SERVICE ENGINE Malfunction indicator light SOON MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission contro
309. s the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment pro cedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealerships Also available are genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals and genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models For USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact Tweddle Litho Company 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Road Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals for this model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Road Strongsville OH 44136 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone num ber and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representa tive will assist you Also available are genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfort
310. shoulder belt to remove any slack in use force to push the child restraint from After the child restraint is removed and the seat the belt side to side and tug it forward to make sure belt is fully retracted the automatic locking mode that it is securely held in place It should not child restraint mode is canceled move more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another seating position and try again or try a differ ent child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system BOOSTER SEATS PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS AWARNING Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint or booster seat can result in serious injury or death Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself e NISSAN recommends that the booster seat be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrain
311. some overstress WD10258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section of this manual for tire re placing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval AWARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself WDI0259 1 Wear indicator 2 Location mark Tire wear and damage AWARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced e The original tires have built in tread wear indicators Whe
312. ssification sensor and the belt tension detected on the seat belt the advanced air bag system determines whether the front pas senger air bag should be automatically turned OFF as required by the regulations Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the passen ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cush ion for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF In addition if the occupant improperly uses the seat belt in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode this could cause the air bag to be turned OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor and seat belt sensors are designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the automat
313. stable If neces sary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See Head restraint adjustment earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the booster seat is removed If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the Three point seat belt with retractor earlier in this section LRS0454 BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ON FRONT PASSENGER SEAT AWARNING NISSAN recommends that child restraints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a booster seat in the front passenger seat move the passenger s seat to the rearmost position If you must install a booster seat in the front seat fol
314. straint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled LRSO407 LRS0406 LRSO408 Rear Facing center for 5 passenger mod els only step 1 Rear facing When you install a child restraint in the rear seat follow these steps Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the restraint manufacturer s in structions Rear Facing outboard step 1 Rear Facing step 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manu facturer s instructions for belt routing Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 LRSO409 LRS0410 LRS0411 Rear Facing step 3 Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the automatic locking mode child restraint mode It reverts to emer gency locking mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Rear Facing step 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear Facing step 5 Before placing the child in the child restraint use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it for
315. t Keep all the lights on for 45 seconds after you turn the key to OFF and all doors are closed 2 22 Instruments and controls NOTE Autolight activation sensitivity and the time delay for autolight shutoff can be ad justed See Personalized settings menu vehicles without navigation system or Vehicle electronic systems vehicles with navigation system in the Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems section later in this manual To turn on the autolight system 1 Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi tion 2 Turn the ignition key to ON 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off Initially if the ignition switch is turned OFF and a door is opened and left open the headlights remain ON for 5 minutes If another door is opened during the 5 minutes then the 5 minute timer is reset To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF Dd or position a AIELLO LIC0424 Be sure you do not put anything on top of the autolight sensor 1 located in the top side of the instrument panel The autolight sensor controls the autolight if it is cov ered the autolight sensor reacts as if it is dark out and the headlights will illuminate If this occurs while parked with the engine off and the key in the ON position your vehicle s battery could become discharged aN LIC0562 Headli
316. t Rec ommended SAE viscosity number shows the recommended oil viscosities for the expected ambient temperatures Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause seri ous engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Technical and consumer information 9 5 Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle warranty Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go commuting 9 6 Technical and consumer information
317. t aim Road wheel nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found la
318. t seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system This is to prevent acci dental inflation of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system e Tampering with the supplemental side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial near the seatbacks or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag e Work around and on the curtain air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should
319. t the engine to turn ON the system See Traction control system TCS in the Starting and driv ing section 2 28 Instruments and controls The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driv ing conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The F indicator will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn ON the system See Vehicle dy namic control VDC system in the Starting and driving section POWER OUTLET LICO755 LICO396 LICO602 Instrument panel The power outlets are for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones They are rated at 12 Volt 120 W 10A maximum You can route a power cord through the opening on the passenger compartment access panel A CAUTION e The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Passenger compartment footwell e Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See your NISSAN dealer for additional
320. t use more than one spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed A CAUTION e Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO RARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause dam age to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation 00 eeeeeee eee 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Recommended SAE viscosity number 9 6 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations eceeee eee eee e eres 9 6 Specifications eeror aue E r n 9 7 ENJING ssecierrersrsnes tts Enu guera E EEE 9 7 Wheels and tires 0 0 0c eee eee eee eee 9 8 Dimensions and weights 00ee eee 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY eiser isis cere ania diate niece ere tn Eos ini 9 9 Vehicle identification s vccc00sssaes reseed saa eees tiis 9 9 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 9 Vehicle identification number Chassis MUMBOH ececaict eesdads okewddedeees dada 9 9 Engine serial number 00 000 ee eee eee 9 10 F M V S S
321. take the following steps AWARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire e To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury e Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to N Neutral manual transmission or to P Park automatic transmission Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner if so equipped Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or cool ant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine AWARNING Be careful not to allow your
322. tem is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the generator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately A CAUTION Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing Door open warning light This light comes on when any of the doors are not closed securely while the ignition key is in the ON position Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop Instruments and controls 2 11 The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so K Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is conve nient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Empty This li
323. tenance precautionS 00 cee eee eee 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system 00 c eee ee 8 7 Checking engine coolant level 8 7 Changing engine coolant 0 085 8 8 Engin Olli sesers neresnice verster etatene diniin 8 8 Checking engine oil level 0 08 8 8 Changing engine oil 0 0 eee eee 8 9 Changing engine oil filter 0 0 8 10 5 speed automatic transmission fluid 8 11 Power steering fluids i cise ccna eevee cae 8 11 Brake and clutch fluid 0 0 0 cece eee eee 8 12 Brake TWIG crt sdeccu seat ae wren abel a tne EEEE 8 12 CHURCH TWIG e insida kaaida eter deidlet duped 8 12 Window washer fluid 0 00 cee eee eee eee 8 13 Window washer fluid reservoir 000 8 13 Battery wiccecdectnetirtwededdang yeaa gee Ea eae 8 13 JUMP Starting os dsc see cac aed e ened aire tee perka 8 15 Drive belts ei as aut elated antuelnas swaleloae aad tiene Guns 8 15 Spark PUJE sesaasiacnegu descent suleuh heh eee ghee 8 16 Replacing spark plugs 00 e eee eee 8 16 Air Clean ha cisce ciece iaavnie sieved ESE tees a eee 8 16 In cabin microfilters ss ses caseens eaew ev eeawn ese 8 17 Windshield wiper blades 0 c eee eee 8 20 Cleaning aa rere e EE E EE 8 20 Replacing fase datccs tyi niae a EE 8 20 Parking brake and brake pedal 0 008 8 21 Che
324. ter in this sec tion Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal and booster Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure it has the proper distance under it when depressed fully Check the brake booster function Be certain to keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Clutch pedal Make sure the pedal operates smoothly and check that it has the proper free travel Parking brake Check that the lever has the proper travel and confirm that your vehicle is held securely on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying
325. th of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features in creases the risk of serious injury or death During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open and close if the transmitter is within range Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver LICO526 LIC0527 PROGRAMMING HOMELINK 1 To begin press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons to clear the memory until the indicator light blinks after 20 seconds Release both buttons Position the end of the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held transmitter but ton DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed Instruments and controls 2 45 4 Hold down both buttons until the indicator light on the HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapidly flashing blink This could take up to 90 seconds When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flash ing light indicates successful progra
326. that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steering brak ing and other systems MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the Towing Load Specification Chart found later in this section The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight Towing loads greater than specified or using improper towing equipment could adversely af fect vehicle handling braking and performance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appro priate for level highway driving may have to be reduced on very steep grades or in low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps ACAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures is not covered by NISSAN warranties Technical and consumer information 9 15 Tongue load Total trailer load Lo Tongue load 100 9 to 11 Total trailer load CA0009 Gross axle weight TI11012M Tongue load Keep the tongue load between 9 11 percent of the total trailer load within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following Towing Load Specification Chart If the tongue load be comes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load 9 16 Technical and consumer information
327. the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h 5 14 Starting and driving To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and en sure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in short ened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible
328. the key ring restart the engine using the following procedures 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 sec onds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN recom mends placing the registered key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices Starting and driving 5 5 BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake and clutch fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seat and adjust head restraints Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the key is turned to the ON 3 position See Warning indicator lights and audible re minders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual 5 6 Starting and driving STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Automatic transmission Move the shift selector lever to
329. the mounting surface of the engine Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil if necessary 5 SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID When checking or replacement is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing AWARNING e Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic K ATF Do not mix with other fluids e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic K ATF will cause deterioration in drive ability and automatic transmission du rability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty The specified automatic transmission fluid is also described on caution labels located in the engine compartment POWER STEERING FLUID max f HOT MAX HoT MAX MAX COLD coD MN mN A Mea a The fluid level should be checked using the HOT MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid temperatures of 122 176 F 50 80 C or using the COLD MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid tempera tures of 32 86 F 0 30 C If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN PSF Remove the cap an
330. the selector lever to the down side Shifts to lower range The transmission will automatically down shift the gears For example if you select the 3rd range the transmission will shift down between the 3rd and 1st gears Moving the selector lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession When canceling the manual shift mode Return the selector lever to the D position to return the transmission to the normal driving mode e Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear This helps maintain driving perfor mance and reduces the chance of ve hicle damage or loss of control Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may shift up automatically to a higher range than selected if the en gine speed is too high When the ve hicle speed decreases the transmis sion automatically shifts down and shifts to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a stop Starting and driving 5 9 LSD0072 Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the shift selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the shift selector lever release the shift lock The shift selector lever can be moved to N Neutral However the steering wheel will be locked unless the ignition switch is turned to the ON position This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is discharged To push the shift
331. this section 7 When the ignition is turned to the ON posi tion the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used See NISSAN advanced air bag system later in this section SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS sec tion contains important information concerning the driver and passenger supplemental front air bags NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System supplemental side air bags curtain side impact air bags and pre tensioner seat belts Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN advanced air bag system can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Supplemental side impact air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvic area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The front seat side impact supplemental side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Supplemental curtain side impact air bag system This system can help cushion the im pact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions The curtain side impact air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restrai
332. tion Phase Security indicator light output m Disarmed Blinks every 3 0 seconds Pre armed Steady light for 30 seconds Armed Blinks every 3 0 seconds Alarm activated Disarming alarm No light LIC0053 How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch 3 Close the trunk lid and all doors Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the key power door lock switch or with the keyfob Keyfob operation Push the button on the keyfob All doors lock The hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a re minder that the doors are already locked The horn may or may not beep Refer to Personalized settings menu vehicles with out navigation system or Vehicle electronic systems vehicles with navigation system in the Display screen heater air condi tioner audio and phone systems section later in this manual 4 Confirm that the SECURITY indicator light comes on The SECURITY light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security sys tem is now pre armed After about 30 sec onds the vehicle security system automati cally shifts into the armed phase The SECURITY light begins to flash once every 3 seconds If during
333. tion key to the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the SLIP indicator light while you are driving have the vehicle dynamic control system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the vehicle dynamic control system is op erating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or ac celerating but this is normal AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The front disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a front brake pad requires re placement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warn ing sound is heard Key reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime With the ignition switch in the OFF position a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle SECURITY SYSTEMS LICO301 Your vehicle has two types of security systems Vehicle security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone
334. to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully APD1005 If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen Le If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle Come Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action t t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING A WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In addi tion certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm 2005 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA INC GARDENA CALIFORNIA All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan North America Inc Gar dena California NISSAN CUST
335. tric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION if so equipped When the satellite radio is first installed or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data No satellite radio reception is available and NO SAT is displayed when the SAT band option is selected unless optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Sat ellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna COMPACT MEG nA LHA0099 AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Cassette player To maintain good quality sound NISSAN recommends using cassette tapes of 60 minutes or shorter in length Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 21 Cassette tapes should be removed from the player when not in use Store cassettes in their protective cases and away from direct sunlight heat dust moisture and magnetic sources Direct sunlight can cause the cassette to become deformed The use of de formed cassettes may cause the cas sette to jam
336. ts and controls e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Be sure to secure all four hooks into the retainers The cargo restrained in the net must not exceed 30 Ibs 13 6 kg or the net may not stay secured LICO802 To install a cargo net attach the net to the retain ers To remove a cargo net detach the net from the retainers WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS AWARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in a window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position If the driver s or passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 sec onds power to the windows is canceled ESN NaN LICO407 Power door lock switch Window lock button Front passenger side Right rear passenger side Left rear passenger side Driver side automatic switch Driver s side power window switc
337. turn off automatically after 30 minutes while doors are open to prevent the battery from be coming discharged A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery PERSONAL LIGHTS LIC0908 LIC0909 FRONT To turn the map lights on press the switches To turn them off press the switches again A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery Console light The console light will turn on whenever the headlights are illuminated To turn the console light off while the headlights are illuminated push the interior light switch to the OFF position Instruments and controls 2 43 LF F me os 0H C LIC0417 REAR To turn on both personal reading lights press the switch tothe xx position To turn the lights off return the switch to the center position To turn on a single personal reading light press the switch to the 3 gt position To turn a single personal reading light off return the switch to the center position 2 44 Instruments and controls TRUNK LIGHT The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light goes off The light will go off after about 30 minutes if the trunk lid is left open unless the ignitio
338. turned to the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the vehicle is in N Neutral or 5 8 Starting and driving any D Drive position the shift selector lever cannot be moved to P Park Additionally the key cannot be turned to the LOCK position and be removed from the ignition switch If this occurs perform the following steps 1 Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped 2 Turn the key to the ON position 3 Depress the foot brake pedal 4 Move the shift selector lever to P Park or N Neutral to restart the vehicle P is pre ferred Move the shift selector lever to P Park to park the vehicle and turn the igni tion key to the LOCK position to remove the key P Park Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed to move the se lector lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the shift selector lever into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use this position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed to move the selector lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral N
339. u should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsibil ity of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION LT10069 LTI0070 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown Technical and consumer information 9 9 WT10049 z LO Zot Lar y AUEN PN NRN ASF Wi e bia wa SS
340. udio and phone systems To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer push the LOAD button for more than 1 5 seconds The slot numbers 1 6 will illuminate on the display when CDs are loaded into the changer CD button When the CD button is pushed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pushed with the compact disc loaded with the tape or the radio playing the tape or radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play lt lt gt gt REW Rewind FF Fast Forward When the 44 rewind or P gt fast for ward button is pushed while a compact disc is playing the compact disc will play while rewind ing or fast forwarding When the button is re leased the compact disc will return to normal play speed raa gt SEEK TRACK When the lt q button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while a compact disc is playing the track being played returns to its beginning Push several times to skip back through tracks The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pushed When the jp button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is play ing the next track will start to play from its begin ning Push several times to skip through tracks The compact disc will advance the number of times the button is pushed When the last track on the compact disc is sk
341. unately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insurance companies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Technical and consumer information 9 23 Insist on the use of genuine NISSAN collision parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to NISSAN s original exacting specifica tions if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts NISSAN does not warrant non NISSAN parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty pro tection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit un necessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts of ten show premature wear rust and corrosion 9 24 Technical and consumer information Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine
342. urely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to car keys The interior trunk lid release mechanism provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk To open the trunk from the inside pull the illumi nated release handle until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release handle is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light The handle is located inside the trunk compart ment on the interior of the trunk lid FUEL FILLER DOOR LPDO188 OPENER OPERATION The fuel filler door release is located on the driv er s door To open the fuel filler door push the release To lock close the fuel filler door se curely Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 LPDO189 FUEL FILLER CAP The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Turn the cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while refueling 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments AWARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Fuel may be under pressure Turn the cap a third of
343. urely store the flat tire and jacking equip ment in the vehicle 6 Place the spare tire cover and the trunk floor carpeting over the damaged tire 7 Close the trunk AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions un der the heading Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed AWARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle e Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water Keep battery out of the reach of children e The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery Vehicle Be
344. urn to the setting screen push the SETTING button or BACK button Display settings The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will appear af ter pushing the SETTING button selecting Display key and pushing the ENTER but ton Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems 4 11 VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS x Adjust Driver Seat When Exiting Vehicle Keyless Remote Response Lights Speed Dependent Wiper Lift Steering Column When Exiting Vehicle Auto Re Lock Time Return All Settings to Default d imn p Remote Unlock Driver s Door First Sensitivity of Automatic Headlights mi Keyless Remote Response Horn Automatic Headlights Off Delay E Y v WHA0606 WHA0607 WHA 0608 Vehicle electronic systems The VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS screen will appear when selecting the Vehicle Elec tronic Systems key with the joystick and push ing the ENTER button To set the various electronic systems operating conditions select the applicable item using the joystick and push the ENTER button The indicator light box at left of selected item alter nately turns on and off each time the ENTER button is pressed Indicator light is illuminated ON
345. urrent menu again say Help and the system will repeat them If a command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Repeat the command ina clear voice If you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also push the MSF button on the steering wheel at any time Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback push the volume control switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the rules and examples below Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh e Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT
346. used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation ACAUTION e Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger e Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident To open the front cup holders push the cup holder lid To close lower the cup holder lid and push down until it clicks in place The plastic cup insert may be removed for clean ing The rear cup holders are located in the fold down armrest in the rear seat back or in the rear center console LIC0423 LIC0402 LIC0403 Rear Type A To open the cup holders on the rear fold down armrest lift the cup holder lid To close lower the lid Rear Type B To open the cup holders on the rear center con sole push the button The cup holder lid will open To close gently push the lid toward the center GLOVE BOX Open the glove box by pulling the handle Use the master key when locking or unlocking the glove box The valet key cannot be used to lock or unlock the glove box AWARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop Instruments and controls 2 33 CONSOLE BOX AWARNING The center console box should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle oper
347. ve when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System if you are unre strained leaning forward sitting side ways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemental front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The advanced air bag system monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age then inflates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor pressure sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an acci dent See Front Passenger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim coul
348. verse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the sunroof oc curs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the sunroof When closing If the control unit detects something caught in the sunroof as it moves to the front the sunroof will immediately open backward When tilting down If the control unit detects something caught in the sunroof as it tilts down the sunroof will immedi ately tilt up If the auto reverse function malfunctions and re peats opening or tilting up the sunroof keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds after it happens then the sunroof will fully close gradually In this case make sure nothing is caught in the sunroof AWARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open sunroof Al ways use seat belts and child restraints Do not allow anyone to stand up or ex tend any portion of their body out of the sunroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the sunroof is closing ACAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the sunroof before opening e Do not place heavy objects on the sun roof or surrounding area Sunshade Open and close the sunshade by sliding it for ward or backward If the sunroof does not close Have your
349. ward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm If it does move more than 1 inch 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child restraint If unable to properly secure the restraint move the restraint to another rear seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles 6 Check that the retractor is in the automatic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more seat belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled WRS0440 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM The LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren anchor points are located in the seat cushions of the rear outboard seating positions only Do not attempt to install a child restraint in the center position using the LATCH anchors AWARNING e Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown If a child restraint is not secured properly your child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident e Do not secure a
350. wear or damage Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Automatic transmission fluid level Check the level after putting the selector lever in P with the engine idling at operating temperature Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Ve hicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake and clutch fluid levels Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with
351. which may damage the emission control system To re duce or avoid emission control system dam age do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system 2 14 Instruments and controls Slip indicator light if so equipped This indicator light will blink when the traction con trol system is limiting wheel spin Slippery road conditions may exist if the slip indicator blinks on If this happens adjust your driving accordingly The slip indicator light also comes on when you turn the ignition key to the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light does not come on or does not go off have the traction control system checked by a NISSAN dealer KS Traction control system off indicator light if so equipped This indicator light comes on when the traction control off switch is pushed to OFF This indi cates the traction co
352. whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES AWARNING e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer t
353. will be automatically set to high performance play when playing a metal or chrome cassette tape Tape eject When button is pushed with a tape loaded the tape will be ejected When a tape is ejected while it is being played the system will be turned off Compact disc CD player operation Type A A CAUTION e Do not force the compact disc into the slot This could damage the player e Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start play ing If the radio or tape is already operating it will automatically turn off and the compact disc will play If the system has been turned off while the com pact disc was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the compact disc 3 1 in 8 cm diameter compact discs can also be used without an adapter CD button When the CD button is pushed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the CD button is pushed with the compact disc loaded but the tape or the radio playing the tape or radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play lt lt gt gt REW Rewind FF Fast Forward When the 44 rewind button or gt fast
354. wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual If the hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning please refer to Troubleshooting guide later in this section You can also visit www nissan usa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual re garding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation 4 36 Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems FCC Radiation Exposure Statement This equipment complies with FCC radiation ex posure limits set forth for an uncontrolled envi ronment This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 8 inches 20 cm between the radiator and your body This Transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmit ter USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Phone System If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehic
355. witches P 2 25 15 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 35 P 2 26 16 Tilt telescopic steering wheel controls P 3 13 17 Steering wheel switch for audio control and Bluetooth hands free phone sys tem P 4 33 4 35 201 18 16 15 1 WIC0910 2 2 Instruments and controls 18 19 20 21 22 Traction control system TCS off switch if so equipped P 2 28 Heated steering wheel switch if so equipped P 2 27 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch if so equipped P 2 28 Outside mirror controls P 3 17 Instrument brightness control P 2 24 Heated seat switches if so equipped P 2 26 Rear sunshade switch if so equipped P 2 41 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details METERS AND GAUGES 1000 r min DaN LIC0381 Warning indicator lights 7 Odometer total twin trip Speedometer 8 Fuel gauge Tachometer Warning indicator lights Change button for trip odometer Engine coolant temperature gauge Instruments and controls 2 3 LICO382 1999 999 1999 a E2 m 62 e 52 LIC0432 1 Speedometer 2 Odometer twin trip display 3 Change button SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in
356. y from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models with the multiport fuel injection MFI system the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off A CAUTION e Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down e Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail able See Owner s Manual Service Manual or der information in the T
357. y locked lf a door is open and you push the button the doors will lock but the horn will not beep and the hazard warning lights will not flash The horn may or may not beep Refer to Person alized settings menu vehicles without naviga tion system or Vehicle electronic systems ve hicles with navigation system in the Display screen heater air conditioner audio and phone systems section later in this manual NOTE If you change the horn beep and lamp flash feature with the keyfob the display screen will not show the current mode and cannot be used to change the mode Use the key fob to return to the previous mode and re enable the display screen control si LPDO210 Unlocking doors Push the M Only the driver s door unlocks button on the keyfob once The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition key in any position except the ON position The interior light turns on and the light timer activates for 30 seconds when the interior light switch is in the center DOOR position with the ignition key in any position except the ON position Pushthe ff button onthe keyfob again within 5 seconds All doors unlock The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed The interior lights can be turned off without wait ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into the ignition and turning to the ON or STAR
358. y more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts The 4 passenger model has seating and seat belts for 4 occupants 2 in the front seats and 2 in the rear seats If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal function in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Once the pre tensioner seat belt has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See your NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of the pre tensioner seat belt system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recom mends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced un less the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged CHILD SAFETY Childr
359. y vented by opening the windows switching the fan control to high and setting the temperature control to the HOT position Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle s first 500 miles 805 km For the first 500 miles that you do tow do not drive over 50 MPH 80 km h Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended Maintenance Schedule in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling If swaying does occur firmly grip the steering wheel steer straight ahead and immediately but gradually reduce ve hicle speed This combination will help sta bilize the vehicle Never increase speed Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal pass ing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes To maintain engine braking efficiency and electrical charging performance do not use
360. you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction AWARNING e The vehicle dynamic control system is designed to help improve driving stabil ity but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery sur faces and always drive carefully If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not stan dard equipment or are extremely dete riorated the vehicle dynamic control system may not operate properly and the vehicle dynamic control off indica tor light may come on e Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars and bushings are not NISSAN approved for your vehicle or are extremely dete riorated the vehicle dynamic control system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance and the VDC OFF indica tor light may come on When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the vehicle dynamic control system may not operate properly and the VDC OFF indicator light may come on Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the vehicle dynamic control off indi
361. ystem is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 eo Pv Front passenger air bag and status light AWARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some con ditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is nec essary for most effective protection Fail ure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light Aa is located on the dash next to the security light near the windshield The light operates as follows e Unoccupied passenger s seat The Xa is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The 2 illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meets the conditions outlined in this section The light 3 is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is opera tional Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the

2006 Nissan Maxima Owners Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents